Attached files

file filename
EX-31.2 - EX-31.2 - Goodman Networks Incgnet-ex312_7.htm
EX-32.1 - EX-32.1 - Goodman Networks Incgnet-ex321_8.htm
EX-21.1 - EX-21.1 - Goodman Networks Incgnet-ex211_6.htm
EX-31.1 - EX-31.1 - Goodman Networks Incgnet-ex311_9.htm
EX-10.82 - EX-10.82 - Goodman Networks Incgnet-ex1082_866.htm

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

x

Annual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015

or

¨

Transition Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from               to

Commission File Number 333-186684

 

 

Goodman Networks Incorporated

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Texas

 

74-2949460

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

2801 Network Blvd., Suite 300

Frisco, TX

 

75034

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

972-406-9692

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    YES  ¨    NO  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    YES  x    NO  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.*    YES x  NO  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    YES  x    NO  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large Accelerated filer

¨

 

Accelerated Filer

¨

 

Non-accelerated Filer

x

 

Smaller Reporting Company

¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    YES  ¨    NO   x

Shares of the registrant’s common equity are not, and were not on June 30, 2015, traded on or in any public market.

As of March 30, 2016, there were 912,754 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding.

 

 

*

The registrant has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, but is not required to file such reports under such sections.

 

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

 

 

 

Item 1.

 

Business

4

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

12

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

29

Item 2.

 

Properties

29

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

29

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

29

PART II

 

 

 

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

30

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

31

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

33

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

54

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

55

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

83

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

83

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

84

PART III

 

 

 

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

85

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

88

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

105

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

106

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

110

PART IV

 

 

 

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

111

 

 

 


PART I

The terms “we,” “us” and “our” as used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Annual Report”) refer to Goodman Networks Incorporated and its directly and indirectly owned subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; references to “Goodman Networks” or our “Company” refer solely to Goodman Networks Incorporated; and references to “Multiband” refer to our former subsidiary, Multiband Corporation, which was merged into Goodman Networks in December 2015.

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements contained in this Annual Report are not statements of historical fact and are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are included throughout this Annual Report, including the sections titled “Business,” “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and relate to matters such as our industry, capital expenditures by wireless carriers, business strategy, goals and expectations concerning our market position, future operations, revenues, margins, cost savings initiatives, profitability, capital expenditures, liquidity and capital resources and other financial and operating information. Words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current assumptions, expectations and projections about future events.

Forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties that could cause the actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in such statements. Most of these factors are outside our control and difficult to predict. Factors that may cause such differences include, but are not limited to:

 

·

our reliance on a single customer for a vast majority of our revenues;

 

·

our ability to maintain a level of service quality satisfactory to this customer across a broad geographic area;

 

·

our ability to manage or refinance our substantial level of indebtedness and our ability to generate sufficient cash to service our indebtedness;

 

·

our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations and meet our obligations;

 

·

our reliance on contracts that do not obligate our customers to undertake work with us and that are cancellable on limited notice;

 

·

our ability to translate amounts included in our estimated backlog into revenue or profits;

 

·

our ability to weather economic downturns and the cyclical nature of the telecommunications and subscription television service industries;

 

·

our ability to maintain our certification as a minority business enterprise;

 

·

our reliance on subcontractors to perform certain types of services;

 

·

our ability to maintain proper and effective internal controls;

 

·

our reliance on a limited number of key personnel who would be difficult to replace;

 

·

our ability to manage potential credit risk arising from unsecured credit extended to our customers;

 

·

our ability to weather economic downturns and the cyclical nature of the telecommunications and subscription television service industries;

 

·

our ability to compete in our industries; and

 

·

our ability to adapt to rapid regulatory and technological changes in the telecommunications and subscription television service industries.

For a more detailed discussion of these and other factors that may affect our business and that could cause the actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, see “Risk Factors,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” herein. We caution that the foregoing list of factors is not exclusive, and new factors may emerge, or changes to the foregoing factors may occur, that could impact our business. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements concerning our business attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements above. We do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, relating to the matters discussed in this Annual Report except to the extent required by applicable securities laws.

 

3


Item 1. Business.

Overview

Since our founding in 2000, we have grown to be a leading provider of end-to-end network infrastructure and professional services to the telecommunications industry and installation and maintenance services for satellite communications. Our wireless telecommunications services span the full network lifecycle, including the design, engineering, construction, deployment, integration, maintenance, and decommissioning of wireless networks. We perform these services across multiple network infrastructures, including traditional cell towers as well as small cell and distributed antenna systems (“DAS”). We serve the satellite television industry by providing onsite installation, upgrading and maintenance of satellite television systems to both residential and commercial market customers. These highly specialized and technical services are critical to the capability of our customers to deliver voice, data and video services to their end users. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, we generated revenues of $931.7 million and $1,199.2 and net losses of $43.2 million and $14.9 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we generated revenues of $725.1 million and a net loss of $66.5 million, respectively.

 

The wireless telecommunications industry has been characterized with favorable trends that have historically driven growth. This industry has benefitted from the rapid developments of mobile devices which has sustained a phase of expansion and increased the number of wireless devices and demand for greater speed and availability of mobile data. Users continue to upgrade to more advanced mobile devices, such as smartphones and tablets, and access more bandwidth-intensive applications. According to the Cisco Visual Networking Index, the Global Mobile Data Traffic Forecast Update for 2015-2020, or the Cisco VNI Mobile Update, mobile data traffic in North America will grow 6-fold from 2015 to 2020, a compound annual growth rate of 42%. North American mobile data traffic will reach 3.2 exabytes per month by 2020, and globally, expected to reach 30.6 exabytes by 2020. These developments created significant challenges for wireless carriers to manage increasing network congestion and continually deliver a high quality customer experience. In response, carriers, governments and other enterprises made substantial investments to upgrade their wireless infrastructures to the Long-Term Evolution (“4G-LTE”) wireless standard, which was largely completed in 2014, and they have since continued to increase the capacity and performance of their competing communications networks. Carriers have also announced that they believe that 4K video, virtual reality and the “Internet of Things” will generate a new wave of growth in data usage and in preparation that they plan to begin testing technology expected to become the next generation of wireless networks, or 5G, in 2016 for future deployment beginning in the next few years. In addition to deployment of wireless networks, multiple incumbent as well as new entrants are devoting significant capital expenditures to upgrade wireline/fiber networks to 1-gigabit speeds. We expect these dynamics in the mobile and wireline/fiber data markets to create continuing opportunities for providers of wireless and wireline/fiber infrastructure construction services in the United States.

 

We have established long-standing relationships with Tier-1 wireless carriers and OEMs, including AT&T, Inc. and its subsidiaries or AT&T, which include AT&T Mobility and DIRECTV, Sprint/United Management Company, or Sprint and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., or Alcatel-Lucent.  Over the last few years, we have sought to diversify our customer base within the telecommunications industry by leveraging our long-term success and reputation for quality to win new customers such as Century Link, Inc., and Verizon Wireless, or Verizon, although in each case at lower volumes than our work with AT&T. We generated nearly all of our revenues over the past several years under master service agreements, or MSAs, that establish a framework, including pricing and other terms, for providing ongoing services. Since 2013, we have strategically expanded our service offerings in each of the television industry, the small cell and DAS business and the wireline business.  Through our acquisition of Multiband in 2013, we acquired a large technician workforce and began to install, maintain and upgrade satellite television systems for residential and commercial customers.  We recently began using this workforce to install Digital Life systems for AT&T Inc. pursuant to an agreement we entered with AT&T Services, in January 2016.  In 2013, we began providing end-to-end management of Sprint’s enterprise femtocells application, and we entered into a Cell Site Construction Agreement with a subsidiary of Verizon in 2013 to provide similar services. During 2014 and 2015, we provided small cell or DAS services to over 100 enterprises including higher education institutions, stadiums for professional and collegiate sports events, hotels and resorts, major retailers, hospitals and government agencies. Growth of the small cell and DAS markets slowed during 2015 as certain carriers, including AT&T, deferred their capital expenditures on such DAS programs as existing structures have largely been built out.  Further reductions are expected in 2016 as AT&T shifts its capital expenditures from wireless to wireline in order to upgrade its wireline to fiber optic cable.  While the Company has been awarded work to perform for AT&T wireline, the work will not begin until mid-2016.  Although we have seen a significant reduction in the services we provide to AT&T in our infrastructure services segment, we have experienced strong growth from our field services segment, which includes services we provide to AT&T Inc.’s subsidiary DIRECTV.  

Our relationship with AT&T Inc. began in 2002 with Cingular Wireless LLC and Southwestern Bell Telephone Company and has subsequently grown in scope. Currently, we provide various levels of site acquisition, construction, technology upgrades, Fiber to the Cell and maintenance services for AT&T in fourteen states, pursuant to the Mobility Turf Contract, a multi-year MSA that we entered into with AT&T and have amended and replaced from time to time. In September of 2014 we extended the term of our Mobility Turf Contract to August 31, 2017.

We have a long-standing relationship with DIRECTV which, through our acquisition of Multiband, extends for 18 years.  In March 2015, we extended our MSA with DIRECTV for the installation and maintenance of residential satellite television systems to

4


provide for a term expiring in October 2018.  In July 2015, AT&T Inc. acquired DIRECTV by merger, and DIRECTV became a subsidiary of AT&T Inc. As a result, our revenues have become more concentrated and dependent on our relationship with AT&T Inc. and to the extent that our performance does not meet this customer’s expectations, or our reputation or relationship with our key customer becomes impaired, we could lose future business with this customer, which would materially adversely affect our ability to generate revenue. Subsidiaries of AT&T Inc., including DIRECTV, collectively represented approximately 81.0%, 87.2% and 89.3% of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Our Businesses

We primarily operate through three business segments, Infrastructure Services, Field Services and Professional Services. Through our Infrastructure Services and Professional Services segments, we help wireless carriers, OEMs and cable companies design, engineer, construct, deploy, integrate, maintain and decommission critical elements of wireless and wireline telecommunications networks. Through our Field Services segment, we install, upgrade and maintain satellite television systems for both residential and commercial customers.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, our Infrastructure Services (IS) division generated 76.8%, 69.9% and 54.0% of our revenue, our Field Services (FS) division generated 9.5% , 21.8% and 36.1% of our revenue and our the Professional Service (PS) division generated 12.0%, 8.3% and 9.9% of our revenue, respectively. In the first quarter of 2014, we integrated the Engineering, Energy & Construction, or EE&C, line of business that comprised our Other Services segment with the Infrastructure Services and Professional Services segments, and as a result there is no longer an Other Services segment. We have not restated the corresponding items of segment information for the year ended December 31, 2013 because the employees that previously comprised the EE&C line of business are now serving customers within the Infrastructure Services segment and the remaining operations of the Other Services segment that were realigned to the Infrastructure Services, Professional Services or Field Services segments are not material to those segments individually.  Revenues, cost of revenues, gross profit, gross margin and total assets by segment as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 were as follows (dollars in millions): 

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

2015

 

PS

 

 

IS

 

 

FS

 

 

Other

 

 

PS

 

 

IS

 

 

FS

 

Other

 

PS

 

 

IS

 

 

FS

 

Other

 

 

Revenues

$

111.5

 

 

$

715.5

 

 

$

88.2

 

 

$

16.5

 

 

$

99.9

 

 

$

838.0

 

 

$

261.3

 

$

-

 

$

71.7

 

 

$

391.8

 

 

$

261.6

 

$

-

 

 

Cost of revenues

$

91.6

 

 

$

622.4

 

 

$

77.9

 

 

$

14.2

 

 

$

92.4

 

 

$

707.6

 

 

$

225.4

 

$

-

 

$

63.6

 

 

$

359.6

 

 

$

215.4

 

$

-

 

 

Gross profit

$

19.9

 

 

$

93.1

 

 

$

10.3

 

 

$

2.3

 

 

$

7.5

 

 

$

130.4

 

 

$

35.9

 

$

-

 

$

8.1

 

 

$

32.2

 

 

$

46.2

 

$

-

 

 

Gross margin

 

17.8

%

 

 

13.0

%

 

 

11.7

%

 

 

13.9

%

 

 

7.5

%

 

 

15.6

%

 

 

13.7

%

 

0.0

%

 

11.2

%

 

 

8.2

%

 

 

17.7

%

 

0.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

2015

 

PS

 

 

IS

 

 

FS

 

 

Corporate

 

 

PS

 

 

IS

 

 

FS

 

Corporate

 

PS

 

 

IS

 

 

FS

 

Corporate

 

 

Total assets

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

56.5

 

 

$

183.2

 

 

$

119.0

 

$

55.3

 

$

23.8

 

 

$

72.3

 

 

$

112.2

 

$

23.8

 

 

5


The following diagram illustrates our customers’ recurring need for the services we provide in our Infrastructure Services and our Professional Services segments:

 

 

As illustrated in the graphic above, wireless carriers continually monitor network traffic and usage patterns. As they identify network inefficiencies, service problems or capacity constraints, they often engage companies like us to perform maintenance or network enhancements, such as adding equipment to the network, to alleviate the issue.

Infrastructure Services. Our Infrastructure Services segment provides program management services of field projects necessary to deploy, upgrade, maintain or decommission wireless and wireline outdoor networks. We support wireless carriers in their implementation of critical technologies such as 4G-LTE, the addition of new macro cell sites and outdoor small cell sites, increases of capacity at their existing cell sites through additional spectrum allocations, as well as other optimization and maintenance activities at cell sites. Our Infrastructure Services segment is also positioned to assist with the future deployment of 5G networks that major carriers have announced plans to begin testing in 2016. When a network provider requests our services to build or modify a cell site, our Infrastructure Services segment is able to: (i) handle the required pre-construction leasing, zoning, permitting and entitlement activities for the acquisition of the cell site, (ii) prepare site designs, structural analysis and certified drawings, and (iii) manage the construction or modification of the site including tower-top and ground equipment installation. These services are managed by our wireless project and construction managers and are performed by a combination of scoping engineers, real estate specialists, ground crews, line and antenna crews and equipment technicians, either employed by us or retained by us as subcontractors.

 

Our Infrastructure Services segment also provides fiber and wireless backhaul services to carriers. We are also providing outside plant, engineering and related services to our wireline customers.   Our fiber backhaul services, or Fiber to the Cell services, connect existing points in the fiber networks of wireline carriers to thousands of cell sites needing the bandwidth and ethernet capabilities for upgrading capacity. Our microwave backhaul services provide a turnkey solution offering site audit, site acquisition, microwave line of sight surveys, path design, installation, testing and activation services. This fiber and wireless backhaul work often involves planning, route engineering, right-of-way (for fiber work) and permitting, logistics, project management, construction inspection, and optical fiber splicing services. Backhaul work is performed to extend an existing optical fiber network, owned by a wireline carrier, typically between several hundred yards to a few miles, to the cell site.

6


Field Services. Our Field Services segment provides installation and maintenance services to DIRECTV, commercial customers and a provider of internet wireless service primarily to rural markets. We fulfilled over 1.5 million satellite television installations, upgrade or maintenance work orders during each of 2014 and 2015 for DIRECTV, representing 28.0% of DIRECTV’s outsourced work orders for residents of single-family homes for both years.  We were the second largest DIRECTV in-home installation provider in the United States for each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015. In addition to our residential MSA with DIRECTV, our MSA to install equipment for multi dwelling unit, or MDU, facilities was extended in 2015 through 2018. The MSA contains an automatic one-year renewal and may be terminated by either party upon a 180 days’ notice. In addition, on January 25, 2016, we signed a one-year agreement with AT&T Services to provide Digital Life installation and repair services in connection with our DIRECTV satellite television installation services. The contract renews annually but either party has the right to terminate the agreement upon 60 days’ notice.

Professional Services. Our Professional Services segment provides customers with highly technical services primarily related to the design, engineering, integration and performance optimization of transport, or “backhaul,” and core, or “central office,” equipment of enterprise and wireless carrier networks. When a network operator integrates a new element into its live network or performs a network-wide upgrade, a team of in-house engineers from our Professional Services segment can administer the complete network design, equipment compatibility assessments and configuration guidelines, the migration of data traffic onto the new or modified network and the network activation.

In addition, we provide services related to the engineering and installation of indoor small cell and DAS networks. Our enterprise small cell and DAS customers often require most or all of the services listed above and may also purchase consulting, post-deployment monitoring, performance optimization and maintenance services. Demand for DAS services declined in 2015 as DAS have largely been built out in existing structures, and we completed our large stadium DAS build in 2015. While we will continue to offer small cell and DAS services, we intend to focus our efforts to broaden our services with enterprise customers, where we believe there is more opportunity for growth.  

Other Services. The Other Services segment included our EE&C line of business and, until we disposed of the assets related to our MDU line of business, or the MDU Assets, to an affiliate of DIRECTV on December 31, 2013, our MDU line of business. In the first quarter of 2014, we integrated our EE&C line of business with our Infrastructure Services and Professional Services segments. As a result of the disposition of the MDU Assets and the integration of our EE&C line of business, we no longer have an Other Services segment. We have not restated the corresponding items of segment information for the year ended December 31, 2013 because the employees that previously comprised the EE&C line of business immediately prior to such integration are now serving customers within the Infrastructure Services segment and the remaining operations of the Other Services segment that were reassigned to the Infrastructure Services, Professional Services or Field Services segments are not material to those segments individually.

Our Industries

We participate in the large and growing market for connectivity and essential wireless and wireline telecommunications infrastructure services. We also participate in the significant satellite television installation and maintenance market for both residential and commercial customers.

The wireless telecommunications industry is characterized by an escalation in both the number of wireless devices and the demand for those mobile devices to deliver and transmit larger quantities of mobile data traffic faster and more reliably. Although wireless carriers largely built out their 4G-LTE networks in 2014, they continue to upgrade the capacity and performance of their competing communications networks. Major carriers have also announced that they plan to begin testing 5G technology in 2016 for future deployment beginning in the next few years to address the next expected major wave of growth in data usage. In order to provide increased wireless network capacity and performance while maintaining flexibility, efficiency and lower costs, many wireless carriers have moved to outsourcing many of the services required to design, build and maintain their wireless networks.

The U.S market for satellite television subscribers is significant and we expect that the demand for our outsourced installation and maintenance services related to the satellite television market will remain steady as providers continue to upgrade technology and add customers by investing in competitive marketing efforts.

Customers

We served over 150 customers in 2015 and the vast majority of our revenues are from subsidiaries of AT&T Inc., including AT&T Mobility, AT&T Services and DIRECTV. Our customer list includes several of the largest carriers and OEMs in the telecommunications industry. Revenues earned from customers other than subsidiaries of AT&T Inc., were 19.0% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013, 12.8% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 10.7% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015. In July 2015, AT&T Inc. completed its previously announced acquisition of DIRECTV, and DIRECTV became a subsidiary of AT&T Inc. With the consummation of the merger, our revenues have become more concentrated

7


and dependent on our relationship with AT&T Inc., if our reputation or relationships with this key customer becomes impaired, we could lose future business with this customer, which could materially adversely affect our ability to generate revenue.

Revenue concentration by dollar amount and as a percentage of total consolidated revenue:

 

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

2015

 

 

 

Revenue

 

 

Percent of Total

 

 

Revenue

 

 

Percent of Total

 

Revenue

 

Percent of Total

 

 

Subsidiaries of AT&T Inc., other than DIRECTV

$

662,758

 

 

 

71.1

%

 

$

797,452

 

 

 

66.5

%

$

388,566

 

 

53.6

%

 

DIRECTV

 

92,425

 

 

 

9.9

%

 

 

248,414

 

 

 

20.7

%

 

258,851

 

 

35.7

%

 

 

$

755,183

 

 

 

81.0

%

 

$

1,045,866

 

 

 

87.2

%

$

647,417

 

 

89.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AT&T

Historically, we have provided site acquisition, construction, technology upgrades, Fiber to the Cell and maintenance services for AT&T, at cell sites in 11 of 31 distinct AT&T markets, or Turf Markets comprised of 11 states. In 2015, AT&T rebalanced certain markets where we were the primary vendor, but added 3 additional states where we are an approved vendor for a total of 14 states.  We historically have acted as either the sole, primary or secondary vendor, pursuant to the multi-year MSA that we have entered into with AT&T and have amended and replaced from time to time. We refer to our MSAs with AT&T related to its turf program collectively as the “Mobility Turf Contract.” Our original Mobility Turf Contract provided for a term expiring on November 30, 2015, and AT&T had the option to renew the contract on a yearly basis thereafter.

In 2014, we restructured our Mobility Turf Contract to consist of a general MSA with subordinate MSAs governing the services we provide thereunder. Effective January 14, 2014, we entered into the general MSA and a subordinate MSA governing site acquisition services, and on September 1, 2014, we entered into a subordinate MSA governing program management, project management, architecture and engineering, construction management and equipment installation services, or the Subordinate Construction MSA. The services governed by these subordinate MSAs were formerly provided pursuant to our previous Mobility Turf Contract MSA. The general MSA provides for a term expiring on August 31, 2016, and the Subordinate Construction MSA provides for a term expiring on August 31, 2017. AT&T has the option to renew both contracts on a yearly basis thereafter. Aside from extending the term of our Mobility Turf Contract, we do not anticipate that its restructuring will have a material effect on our results of operations.

During the second quarter of 2014, AT&T deferred certain capital expenditures with us. We began to see an impact to the volume of services provided to subsidiaries of AT&T Inc. during the same quarter, due to the deferral of these AT&T capital expenditures and we expected this impact to continue into 2015.  On November 7, 2014, AT&T announced that as a result of the substantial completion of the expansion of its 4G-LTE network, its capital expenditures would decrease in 2015, particularly with respect to its wireless infrastructure. Additionally, in 2015, AT&T reassigned certain of our Turf Markets to other vendors and, in an effort to diversify its supplier base, rebalanced the work assigned to us in certain other Turf Markets where we were the primary vendor to other vendors.  The deferrals, the announced reduction in AT&T’s 2015 capital expenditures and the Turf Market reassignment and rebalancing reduced our 2015 revenues compared to 2014. With the completion of the build out of AT&T’s 4G-LTE network having occurred in 2014, we do not anticipate that the wireless revenues for our Infrastructure Services business will return to 2014 levels in 2016.

DIRECTV

We began providing satellite television installation services with our 2013 acquisition of Multiband. Our relationship DIRECTV extends for over 18 years through the Multiband acquisition and is essential to the success of our Field Services segment’s operations. We have been named the HSP partner of the year for the both 2014 and 2015 fiscal years. We are one of three in-home installation providers that DIRECTV utilizes in the United States, and during each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, we performed 28.0% of all DIRECTV’s outsourced installation, upgrade and maintenance activities. Our contract with DIRECTV has a term expiring on October 15, 2018, and contains an automatic one-year renewal. The contract may also be terminated by 180 days’ notice by either party. Until December 31, 2013, we also provided customer support and billing services to certain of DIRECTV’s customers through our Other Services segment pursuant to a separate arrangement.  On January 25, 2016, we signed a one-year agreement with AT&T Services to provide Digital Life installation and repair services in connection with our satellite television installation services for DIRECTV. The contract renews annually but is terminable upon 60 days’ notice by either party.

8


Alcatel-Lucent

On July 15, 2014, we entered into a three-year MSA with Alcatel-Lucent, effective as of June 30, 2014, or the 2014 Alcatel-Lucent Contract. Pursuant to the 2014 Alcatel-Lucent Contract, we will provide, upon request, certain services, including deployment engineering, integration engineering, radio frequency engineering and other support services to Alcatel-Lucent that were formerly provided under the Alcatel-Lucent Contract. We have experienced a decline in the amount of legacy work that we have performed for Alcatel-Lucent and we expect this decline to continue, although with the announcement on January 4, 2016, of the Nokia and Alcatel-Lucent finalization of the merger of the two companies, we are also seeking to obtain work from Nokia on newer technologies. The 2014 Alcatel-Lucent Contract has an initial term ending June 30, 2017, after which the parties may mutually agree to extend the term on a yearly basis. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, we recognized $57.9 million, $42.6 million and $22.7 million of revenue related to the services provided to Alcatel-Lucent.

Sprint

In May 2012, we entered into an MSA with Sprint to provide decommissioning services for Sprint’s iDEN (push-to-talk) network. We are removing equipment from Sprint’s network that is no longer in use and restoring sites to their original condition. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 we recognized $34.0 million, $51.8 million and $17.5 million of revenue, respectively, related to the services we provide for Sprint. The Sprint Agreement has an initial term of five years, and automatically renews on a monthly basis thereafter unless notice of non-renewal is provided by either party. As of December 31, 2014, we completed iDEN decommissioning work of over 11,400 cell sites under the Sprint Agreement. During 2015, we started providing radio frequency engineering services to Sprint and on October 2, 2015, we received a project award to decommission Sprint’s WIMAX network for certain regions. We have established a strong performance record with Sprint and we are working to grow and evolve our relationship with them in the future.

Enterprise Customers

We provided services to over 100 enterprise customers through our Professional Services segment in 2015. These service offerings consist of the design, installation and maintenance of DAS systems to customers such as Fortune 500 companies, hotels, hospitals, college campuses, airports and sports stadiums.


9


Estimated Backlog

We refer to the amount of revenue we expect to recognize over the next 18 months from future work on uncompleted contracts, including MSAs and work we expect to be assigned to us under MSAs, and based on historical levels of work under such MSAs and new contractual agreements on which work has not begun, as our “estimated backlog.” We determine the amount of estimated backlog for work under MSAs based on historical trends, anticipated seasonal impacts and estimates of customer demand based upon communications with our customers. The following presents our 18-month estimated backlog by reportable segment as of the period indicated below:

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

Segments

 

(In millions)

 

Infrastructure Services

 

$

919.0

 

 

$

531.8

 

Field Services

 

 

391.2

 

 

 

445.9

 

Professional Services

 

 

191.5

 

 

 

117.7

 

Estimated backlog

 

$

1,501.7

 

 

$

1,095.4

 

 

We expect to recognize approximately 70% of our estimated backlog as of December 31, 2015 in the year ended December 31, 2016. The vast majority of estimated backlog as of December 31, 2015 originated from multi-year customer relationships, primarily with AT&T Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Because we use the completed contract method of accounting for revenues and expenses from our long-term construction contracts, our estimated backlog includes revenue related to projects that we have begun but not completed performance. Therefore, our estimated backlog contains amounts related to work that we have already performed but not completed.

While our estimated backlog includes amounts under MSAs and other service agreements, our customers are generally not contractually committed to purchase a minimum amount of services under these agreements, most of which can be cancelled on short or no advance notice. Therefore, our estimates concerning customers’ requirements may not be accurate. The timing of revenues for construction and installation projects included in our estimated backlog can be subject to change as a result of customer delays, regulatory requirements and other project related factors that may delay completion. Changes in timing could cause estimated revenues to be realized in periods later than originally expected, or not at all. Consequently, our estimated backlog as of any date is not a reliable indicator of our future revenues and earnings.

Seasonality and Variability of Results of Operations

Historically, we have experienced seasonal variations in our business, primarily due to the capital planning cycles of certain of our customers. Generally, AT&T’s initial annual capital plans are not finalized to the project level until sometime during the first three months of the year, resulting in reduced capital spending in the first quarter relative to the rest of the year. This results in a significant portion of contracts related to our Infrastructure Services segment being completed during the fourth quarter of each year. Because we have adopted the completed contract method, we do not recognize revenue or expenses on contracts until we have substantially completed the work required by a contract. Accordingly, the recognition of revenue and expenses on contracts that span quarters may also cause our reported results of operations to experience significant fluctuations.

Our Field Services segment’s results of operations may also fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. Variations in the Field Services segment’s revenues and operating results occur quarterly as a result of a number of factors, including the number of customer engagements, employee utilization rates, the size and scope of assignments and general economic conditions, however, we typically generate more revenues in our Field Services segment during the third quarter of each year due to favorable weather conditions and DIRECTV’s sports promotional efforts. Because a significant portion of the Field Services segment’s expenses are relatively fixed, a variation in the number of customer engagements or the timing of the initiation or completion of those engagements can cause significant fluctuations in operating results from quarter to quarter.

As a result, we have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, significant differences in our operating results from quarter to quarter. Due to these seasonal variations and our methodology for the recognition of revenue and expenses on projects, comparisons of operating measures between quarters may not be as meaningful as comparisons between longer reporting periods.

Sales and Marketing

Our customers’ selection of long-term managed services partners is often made at the most senior levels within their executive, operations and procurement teams. Our marketing and business development teams play an important role sourcing and supporting these opportunities as well as maintaining and developing middle-level management relationships with our existing customers. Additionally, our executives and operational leaders play a significant role in maintaining and developing executive-level relationships with our existing and potential customers.

10


Our corporate business development and diversification strategy is the responsibility of all of the business stakeholders, executive management, operation leaders and the business development organization.

Competition

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive. Several of our competitors are large companies that have significant financial, technical and marketing resources. Within the Infrastructure Services segment, we primarily compete with MasTec, Inc., Bechtel Corporation, Black & Veatch Corporation, Dycom Industries, Inc. and sometimes with OEMs. Within the Field Services segment, we primarily compete with MasTec, Inc. and UniTek Global Services, Inc. We and two of our competitors provide over 50% of DIRECTV’s installation services business, with the remaining 50% performed in-house by DIRECTV. DIRECTV provides in-house installation services primarily to rural areas of the United States where it is not profitable for independent installers such as us to operate. Within the Professional Services segment, we primarily compete with many smaller specialty engineering, installation and integration companies as well as the OEMs.

Relatively few significant barriers to entry exist in the markets in which we operate and, as a result, any organization that has adequate financial resources and access to technical expertise may become a competitor. Some of our customers employ personnel to self-perform infrastructure services of the type we provide.  We compete based upon our industry experience, technical expertise, financial and operational resources, nationwide presence, industry reputation and customer service. While we believe our customers consider a number of factors when selecting a service provider, most of their work is awarded through a bid process. Consequently, price is often a principal factor in determining which service provider is selected.

Employees and Subcontractors

As of March 30, 2016, we employed approximately 3,400 persons.  We also utilize an extensive network of subcontractor relationships to complete work on certain of our projects. The use of subcontractors allows us to quickly scale our workforce to meet varied levels of demand without significantly altering our full-time employee base.

We attract and retain employees by offering training, bonus opportunities, competitive salaries and a comprehensive benefits package. We believe that our focus on training and career development helps us to attract and retain quality employees. We provide opportunities for promotion and mobility within our organization that we also believe helps us to retain our employees.

Regulations

Our operations are subject to various federal, state, local and international laws and regulations including:

 

·

licensing, permitting and inspection requirements applicable to contractors, electricians and engineers;  

 

·

regulations relating to worker safety and environmental protection;  

 

·

permitting and inspection requirements applicable to construction projects;  

 

·

wage and hour regulations;  

 

·

regulations relating to transportation of equipment and materials, including licensing and permitting requirements;  

 

·

building and electrical codes;  

 

·

telecommunications regulations relating to our fiber optic licensing business; and  

 

·

special bidding, procurement and other requirements on government projects.  

We believe we have all the licenses materially required to conduct our operations, and we are in substantial compliance with applicable regulatory requirements. Our failure to comply with applicable regulations could result in substantial fines or revocation of our operating licenses, as well as give rise to termination or cancellation rights under our contracts or disqualify us from future bidding opportunities.

 

11


Item 1A. Risk Factors.

An investment in our 12.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2018, or the notes, involves risks. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks and uncertainties we face. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. If any of these risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations would likely suffer. In such case, the value of the notes could decline, and you may lose all or part of the money you paid to buy the notes.

Risks Related to Our Business

We derive the vast majority of our revenues from subsidiaries of AT&T Inc. including DIRECTV. The loss of any of these customers or a reduction in their demand for our services would impair our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We derive the vast majority of our revenues from subsidiaries of AT&T Inc., including DIRECTV. We derived the following amounts of our revenue from these sources over the past three fiscal years (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2014

2015

 

 

Revenue

 

Percent of Total

 

Revenue

 

Percent of Total

Revenue

Percent of Total

 

Subsidiaries of AT&T Inc., other than DIRECTV

$      662,758

 

71.1%

 

$      797,452

 

66.5%

$      388,566

53.6%

 

DIRECTV

92,425

 

9.9%

 

248,414

 

20.7%

258,851

35.7%

 

 

$      755,183

 

81.0%

 

$   1,045,866

 

87.2%

$      647,417

89.3%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Because we derive the vast majority of our revenues from these customers, and certain of our services for AT&T are provided on a territory basis, with no required commitment for AT&T to spend a specified amount in such territory with us, we could experience a material adverse effect to our business, financial condition or results of operations if the amount of business we obtain from these customers is reduced. In July 2015, AT&T Inc. completed its previously announced acquisition by merger of DIRECTV, and DIRECTV became a subsidiary of AT&T Inc. With the consummation of the merger, our revenues have become more concentrated and dependent on our relationship with AT&T Inc. and to the extent that our performance does not meet this customer’s expectations, or our reputation or relationships with this key customer becomes impaired, we could lose future business with this customer, which could materially adversely affect our ability to generate revenue. During the second quarter of 2014, AT&T deferred certain capital expenditures with us. We began to see an impact to the volume of services provided to subsidiaries of AT&T Inc. during the same quarter, due to the deferral of these AT&T capital expenditures and we expected this impact to continue into 2015.  On November 7, 2014, AT&T announced that as a result of the substantial completion of the expansion of its 4G-LTE network, its capital expenditures would decrease in 2015. Additionally, in 2015, AT&T reassigned certain of our Turf Markets to other vendors and, in an effort to diversify its supplier base, rebalanced the work assigned to us in certain other Turf Markets where we had been the primary vendor to other vendors. The deferrals, the reduction in AT&T’s 2015 capital expenditures and the Turf Market realignment and rebalancing reduced our 2015 revenues compared to 2014 and have had a  material adverse impact to our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Most of our contracts do not obligate our customers to undertake a significant amount, if any, of infrastructure projects or other work with us and may be cancelled on limited notice, so our revenue is not guaranteed.

Substantially all of our revenue is derived from multi-year MSAs. Under our multi-year MSAs, we contract to provide customers with individual project services through work orders within defined geographic areas or scopes of work on a fixed fee. Under these agreements, our customers often have little or no obligation to undertake any infrastructure projects or other work with us. In addition, most of our contracts are cancellable on limited notice, even if we are not in default under the contract. We may hire employees permanently to meet anticipated demand for the anticipated projects that may be delayed or cancelled. DIRECTV also may change the terms, such as term, termination, pricing and services areas of our agreements, and has done so in the past, to terms that are more favorable to DIRECTV.  In addition, many of our contracts, including our service agreements, are periodically open to public bid. We may not be the successful bidder on our existing contracts that are re-bid. We could face a significant decline in revenues and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected if:

 

·

we see a significant decline in the projects customers assign to us under our service agreements;

 

·

our customers cancel or defer a significant number of projects;

 

·

we fail to win our existing contracts upon re-bid; or

12


 

·

we complete the required work under a significant number of our non-recurring projects and cannot replace them with similar projects.

Our business is seasonal and is affected by the capital planning and spending patterns of our customers, and we have adopted the completed contract method of accounting for construction and installation contracts, all of which expose us to variable quarterly results.

Our results of operations experience significant fluctuations because we have adopted the completed contract method of accounting for revenues and expenses from our construction and installation contracts. Substantially all of our revenues are generated from construction and installation contracts. Under the completed contract method, we do not recognize revenue or expenses on contracts until we have substantially completed the contract. The recognition of revenue and expenses on contracts that span quarters may also cause our reported results of operations to experience significant fluctuations.

Additionally, we have historically experienced seasonal variations in our business, primarily due to the capital planning cycles of certain of our customers. Generally, AT&T’s initial annual capital plans are not finalized to the project level until sometime during the first three months of the year, resulting in reduced capital spending in the first quarter relative to the rest of the year or they may defer their capital plans to future years. As a result, we have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, significant differences in operations results from quarter to quarter.

Our Field Services segment’s results of operations may also fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. Variations in our Field Services segment’s revenues and operating results occur quarterly as a result of a number of factors, including the number of customer engagements, employee utilization rates, the size and scope of assignments and general economic conditions. Because a significant portion of our Field Services segment’s expenses are relatively fixed, a variation in the number of customer engagements or the timing of the initiation or completion of those engagements can cause significant fluctuations in operating results from quarter to quarter.

As a result of these seasonal variations and our methodology for the recognition of revenue and expenses on projects, comparisons of operating measures between quarters may not be as meaningful as comparisons between longer reporting periods.

If we do not obtain additional capital to fund our operations and obligations, our growth may be limited.

We may require additional capital to fund our operations and obligations.  As our business has grown, we have managed periods of tight liquidity by accessing capital from our shareholders and their affiliates, some of whom are no longer affiliated with us. Our capital requirements will depend on several factors, including:

 

·

our ability to enter into new agreements with customers or to extend the terms of our existing agreements with customers, and the terms of such agreements;  

 

·

the success rate of our sales efforts;  

 

·

costs of recruiting and retaining qualified personnel;  

 

·

expenditures and investments to implement our business strategy; and  

 

·

the identification and successful completion of acquisitions.  

We may seek additional funds through equity or debt offerings and/or borrowings under lines of credit or other sources, including a possible increase in the borrowing base of or replacement of our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility, or the Credit Facility. If we cannot raise additional capital, we may have to implement one or more of the following remedies:

 

·

curtail internal growth initiatives; and  

 

·

forgo the pursuit of acquisitions.  

We do not know whether additional financing will be available on commercially acceptable terms, if at all, when needed. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on commercially acceptable terms, our ability to fund our operations, support the growth of our business or otherwise respond to competitive pressures could be significantly delayed or limited, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

13


The Credit Facility and the Indenture impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us that may prevent us from engaging in transactions that might benefit us, including responding to changing business and economic conditions or securing additional financing, if needed.

The terms of the Credit Facility and the indenture governing the notes, or the Indenture, contain customary events of default and covenants that prohibit us and our subsidiaries from taking certain actions without satisfying certain conditions, financial tests (including a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio) or obtaining the consent of the lenders. These restrictions, among other things, limit our ability to:

 

·

divest our assets;

 

·

incur additional indebtedness;  

 

·

create liens against our assets;  

 

·

enter into certain mergers, joint ventures, and consolidations or transfer all or substantially all of our assets;  

 

·

make certain investments and acquisitions;  

 

·

prepay indebtedness;  

 

·

make certain payments and distributions;  

 

·

pay dividends;  

 

·

engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and  

 

·

act outside the ordinary course of business.  

In particular, our Credit Facility permits us to borrow up to $50.0 million, subject to borrowing base determinations and certain other restrictions. The Credit Facility contains financial covenants that require that we not permit our annual capital expenditures to exceed $20.0 million (plus any permitted carry over). We are also required to comply with additional financial covenants upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event, as defined in the Credit Facility. A Triggering Event is deemed to have occurred when our undrawn availability under the Credit Facility fails to equal at least $10.0 million measured as of the last day of each month for two consecutive month-ends. A Triggering Event will cease to be continuing when our undrawn availability for three consecutive months equals at least $20.0 million measured as of the last day of each such month. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Triggering Event, we are required to meet the following financial covenants:

 

·

maintain, as of the end of each fiscal quarter, for the trailing four quarters then ended, a ratio of EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Facility) less non-financed capital expenditures (but only to the extent made after the occurrence of a Triggering Event) to Fixed Charges (as defined in the Credit Facility) of at least 1.25 to 1.00; and  

 

·

not permit our ratio of total indebtedness to trailing twelve month EBITDA, as of the last day of a fiscal quarter, to exceed 5.00 to 1.00.  

Should we be unable to comply with the terms and covenants of the Credit Facility, we would be required to obtain further modifications of the Credit Facility or secure another source of financing to continue to operate our business. A default could also result in the acceleration of our obligations under the Credit Facility. If that should occur, we may be unable to repay all of our obligations under the Credit Facility, which could force us to sell significant assets or allow our assets to be foreclosed upon. In addition, these covenants may prevent us from engaging in transactions that benefit us, including responding to changing business and economic conditions or securing additional financing, if needed. To the extent we need additional financing, we may not be able to obtain such financing at all or on favorable terms, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Had we been required to meet these ratio tests as of December 31, 2015, we would not have met either the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or the Leverage Ratio (each as defined in the Credit Facility).

Further, the terms of the Indenture governing the notes require us to meet certain ratio tests, on a pro forma basis giving effect to such transactions, before engaging in certain transactions, including incurring additional debt outside of the Credit Facility and making restricted payments, subject, in each case, to certain exceptions. We must meet a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00 in order to make restricted payments or incur additional debt, and we must meet a Total Leverage Ratio test of not greater than 2.50 to 1.00 in order to secure any additional debt (each defined in the Indenture). We have not entered into any transaction that requires us to meet these tests through December 31, 2015 other than our acquisition of Multiband, with respect to which holders of the notes waived compliance with both ratios. Had we been required to meet these ratio tests as of December 31, 2015, we would not have met either the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or the Total Leverage Ratio. We do not anticipate that we will meet the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio unless our EBITDA is increased or until we are able to reduce our fixed charges such as by retiring debt. As a result, we would not be able to make certain restricted payments or incur indebtedness unless (i) we obtain an amendment or waiver to the

14


Indenture and related documents in order to make such restricted payment or incur such indebtedness or (ii) such additional indebtedness or restricted payment were specifically permitted by the Indenture, such as borrowings under the Credit Facility.

As a result of these covenants and restrictions, we are limited in how we conduct our business and we may be unable to raise additional debt financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. The terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could include more restrictive covenants. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain or maintain compliance with these covenants in the future and, if we fail to do so, that we will be able to obtain waivers from the lender and/or amend these covenants.

Our revenues could be negatively affected by reduced support from DIRECTV.

DIRECTV conducts promotional and marketing activities on national, regional and local levels. Due to the Field Services segment’s substantial dependence on DIRECTV, the Field Services segment’s revenues depend, in significant part, on: (i) the overall reputation and success of DIRECTV; (ii) the incentive and discount programs provided by DIRECTV and its promotional and marketing efforts for its products and services; (iii) the goodwill associated with DIRECTV trademarks; (iv) the introduction of new and innovative products by DIRECTV; (v) the manufacture and delivery of competitively-priced, high quality equipment and parts by DIRECTV in quantities sufficient to meet customers’ requirements on a timely basis; (vi) the quality, consistency and management of the overall DIRECTV system; and (vii) the ability of DIRECTV to manage its risks and costs. If DIRECTV does not provide, maintain or improve any of the foregoing, if DIRECTV changes the terms of its incentive and discount programs, or if DIRECTV were sold or reduced or ceased operations, there could be a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our failure to continue to be certified as a minority business enterprise could reduce some of the opportunities available to us, which could reduce our revenue growth.

We are currently certified as a minority business enterprise by the National Minority Supplier Development Council. A substantial majority of our common stock is beneficially owned and controlled by persons deemed to be minorities. Certain of our current and potential customers consider the percentage of minority ownership and control of a company when awarding new business. If for any reason we cease to be certified as a minority business enterprise by the National Minority Supplier Development Council or similar organization, then we may lose an advantage and not be selected for future business from current or potential customers who may benefit from purchasing our services as a result of our status as a certified minority business enterprise. The failure to obtain a potential project or customer as a result of our not being a minority business enterprise in the future may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Project performance issues, including those caused by third parties, or certain contractual obligations may result in additional costs to us, reductions in revenues or the payment of liquidated damages.

Many projects involve challenging engineering, procurement, construction or installation phases that may occur over extended time periods, sometimes over several years. We may encounter difficulties as a result of delays in designs, engineering information or materials provided by the customer or a third party, delays or difficulties in equipment and material delivery, schedule changes, delays from our customer’s failure to timely obtain permits or rights-of-way or meet other regulatory requirements, weather-related delays and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, that impact our ability to complete the project in accordance with the original delivery schedule. In addition, we contract with third-party subcontractors to assist us with the completion of contracts. Any delay or failure by suppliers or by subcontractors in the completion of their portion of the project may result in delays in the overall progress of the project or may cause us to incur additional costs, or both. Delays and additional costs may be substantial and, in some cases, we may be required to compensate the customer for such delays. Delays may also disrupt the final completion of our contracts as well as the corresponding recognition of revenues and expenses therefrom. In certain circumstances, we guarantee project completion by a scheduled acceptance date or achievement of certain acceptance and performance testing levels. Failure to meet any of our schedules or performance requirements could also result in additional costs or penalties, including liquidated damages, and such amounts could exceed expected project profit. In extreme cases, the above-mentioned factors could cause project cancellations, and we may be unable to replace such projects with similar projects or at all. Such delays or cancellations may impact our reputation or relationships with customers, adversely affecting our ability to secure new contracts.

Our subcontractors may fail to satisfy their obligations to us or other parties, or we may be unable to maintain these relationships, either of which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on subcontractors to complete work on certain of our projects. There is a risk that we may have disputes with subcontractors arising from, among other things, the quality and timeliness of work performed by the subcontractor, customer concerns about the subcontractor or our failure to extend existing task orders or issue new task orders under a subcontract. In addition, if any of our subcontractors fail to deliver on a timely basis the agreed-upon supplies and/or perform the agreed-upon services, then our ability to fulfill our obligations as a prime contractor may be jeopardized. In addition, the absence of qualified subcontractors with

15


whom we have a satisfactory relationship could adversely affect the quality of our service and our ability to perform under some of our contracts. Any of these factors may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Material delays or defaults in customer payments could leave us unable to cover expenditures related to such customer’s projects, including the payment of our subcontractors.

Because of the nature of most of our contracts, we commit resources to projects prior to receiving payments from our customers in amounts sufficient to cover expenditures as they are incurred. In certain cases, these expenditures include paying our subcontractors who perform significant portions of our services. Delays in customer payments may require us to make a working capital investment or obtain advances from our Credit Facility. If a customer defaults in making its payments on a project or projects to which we have devoted significant resources, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations and negatively impact the financial covenants with our lenders.

Certain of our employees and subcontractors work on projects that are inherently dangerous, and a failure to maintain a safe worksite could result in significant losses.

Certain of our project sites can place our employees and others in difficult or dangerous environments, including difficult and hard to reach terrain or locations high above the ground or near large or complex equipment, moving vehicles, high voltage or dangerous processes. Safety is a primary focus of our business and is critical to our reputation. Many of our clients require that we meet certain safety criteria to be eligible to bid on contracts. We maintain programs with the primary purpose of implementing effective health, safety and environmental procedures throughout our company. If we fail to implement appropriate safety procedures or if our procedures fail, our employees, subcontractors and others may suffer injuries. The failure to comply with such procedures, client contracts or applicable regulations could subject us to losses and liability and adversely impact our ability to obtain projects in the future.

Our failure to comply with the regulations of OSHA and other state and local agencies that oversee transportation and safety compliance could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, establishes certain employer responsibilities, including maintenance of a workplace free of recognized hazards likely to cause death or serious injury, compliance with standards promulgated by OSHA and various recordkeeping, disclosure and procedural requirements. Various standards, including standards for notices of hazards and safety in excavation and demolition work may apply to our operations. We have incurred, and will continue to incur, capital and operating expenditures and other costs in the ordinary course of business in complying with OSHA and other state and local laws and regulations, and could incur penalties and fines in the future, including in extreme cases, criminal sanctions.

While we have invested, and will continue to invest, substantial resources in occupational health and safety programs, our industry involves a high degree of operational risk and is subject to significant liability exposure. We have suffered employee injuries in the past and may suffer additional injuries in the future. Serious accidents of this nature may subject us to substantial penalties, civil litigation or criminal prosecution, and Multiband, which we recently acquired, has an OSHA incident rating higher than industry average. Personal injury claims for damages, including for bodily injury or loss of life, could result in substantial costs and liabilities, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, if our safety record were to substantially deteriorate, or if we suffered substantial penalties or criminal prosecution for violation of health and safety regulations, customers could cancel existing contracts and not award future business to us, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are self-insured against many potential liabilities.

Although we maintain insurance policies with respect to automobile liability, general liability, workers’ compensation and employee group health claims, those policies are subject to high deductibles, and we are self-insured up to the amount of the deductible. Because most claims against us do not exceed the deductibles under our insurance policies, we are effectively self-insured for substantially all claims. In addition, we are self-insured on our medical coverage up to a specified annual maximum of costs. If our insurance claims increase or if costs exceed our estimates of insurance liabilities, we could experience a decline in profitability and liquidity, which would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Warranty claims resulting from our services could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We generally warrant the work we perform within our Professional Services and Infrastructure Services segments for one- to two-year periods following substantial completion of a project, subject to further extensions of the warranty period following repairs or replacements. While costs that we have incurred historically under our warranty obligations have not been material, the costs

16


associated with such warranties, including any warranty related legal proceedings, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our operations may impact the environment or cause exposure to hazardous substances, our properties may have environmental contamination, and our failure to comply with environmental laws, each of which could result in material liabilities.

Our operations are subject to various environmental laws and regulations, including those dealing with the handling and disposal of waste products. Certain of our current and historical construction operations have used hazardous materials and, to the extent that such materials are not properly stored, contained or recycled, they could become hazardous waste. A portion of the work we perform is also in underground environments. If the field location maps supplied to us are not accurate, or if objects are present in the soil that are not indicated on the field location maps, our underground work could strike objects in the soil containing pollutants and result in a rupture and discharge of pollutants and other damages. In such cases, we could be liable for fines or damages. Additionally, some of our contracts require that we assume the environmental risk of site conditions and require that we indemnify our customers for any damages, including environmental damages incurred in connection with our projects.

We may also be subject to claims under various environmental laws and regulations, federal and state statutes and/or common law doctrines for toxic torts and other damage caused by us, as well as for natural resource damages and the investigation and clean up of soil, surface water, groundwater and other media under laws such as the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act. Such claims may arise, for example, out of current or former conditions at project sites, current or former properties owned or leased by us, and contaminated sites that have always been owned or operated by third parties. Liability may be imposed without regard to fault and may be strict, joint and several, such that we may be held responsible for more than our share of any contamination or other damages, or even for the entire share, and may be unable to obtain reimbursement from the parties causing the contamination.

New environmental laws and regulations, stricter enforcement of existing laws and regulations, the discovery of previously unknown contamination or leaks, or the imposition of new clean-up requirements could also require us to incur significant costs or become the basis for new or increased liabilities that could have a material negative impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Increases in the costs of fuel could reduce our operating margins.

The price of fuel needed to run our vehicles and equipment is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside of our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Most of our contracts do not allow us to adjust our pricing. Any increase in fuel costs could have a material adverse effect our business, financial position or results of operations. Accordingly, any increase in fuel costs could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The requirements of being a public reporting company may strain our resources and divert management’s attention.

We began reporting with the SEC as required by the Indenture. As a voluntary filer, we are subject to a number of the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, and other applicable securities rules and regulations as if we were a public company. Because the Company had revenues of at least $1 billion during 2014, we ceased to qualify as an emerging growth company as of December 31, 2014. Therefore, we are subject to full SEC reporting rules and, among other things, will no longer qualify for reporting executive compensation as if the Company were a smaller reporting company, which also could require additional resources and costs. The Exchange Act requires that we file with the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results.

As a result of disclosure of information in filings required of a public reporting company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and operating results could be harmed, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and adversely affect our business, brand, reputation and results of operations.

The need to maintain the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public reporting company may divert management’s attention from implementing our business and growth strategies, which could prevent us from improving our business, results of operations and financial condition. Based on management’s estimates, we estimate that we  incur approximately $2.0 million per year of cost as a result of being a voluntary filer, including legal, audit, printing and other costs, although unforeseen circumstances could increase actual costs.

17


Our success depends in part upon our ability to attract, retain and prepare succession plans for senior management and key employees.

The performance of our chief executive officer, senior management and other key employees is critical to our success. We rely on the experience of our senior management, who have specific knowledge relating to us and our industry that is difficult to replace and competition for management with experience in the communications industry is intense. A loss of the chief executive officer, a member of senior management or key employee particularly to a competitor could also place us at a competitive disadvantage. We may not be able to retain the services of any of our long-term employees or other members of senior management in the future. For example, three members of our executive team left the Company in 2014, and we hired a new chief financial officer and a chief operating officer in December 2014, and our chief financial officer left the Company in March of 2015. In 2015, one member of our executive team left and we appointed a new chief financial officer. Although we have entered into employment agreements with members of our senior management and certain other key employees, we cannot guarantee that any key management personnel will remain employed by us. If we do not succeed in attracting well-qualified senior management or retaining and motivating the existing key employees, our business could be harmed.

If we are unable to attract and retain qualified and skilled employees, we may be unable to operate efficiently, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our business is labor intensive, and some of our operations experience a high rate of employee turnover. Given the nature of the highly specialized work we perform, many of our employees are trained in and possess specialized technical skills. At times of low unemployment rates of skilled laborers in the areas we serve, it can be difficult for us to find qualified and affordable personnel. We may be unable to hire and retain a sufficient skilled labor force necessary to support our operating requirements and growth strategy. Our labor expenses may increase as a result of a shortage in the supply of skilled personnel. We may also be forced to incur significant training expenses if we are unable to hire employees with the requisite skills. Labor shortages or increased labor or training costs could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

In the ordinary course of business, we extend unsecured credit to our customers for purchases of our services or may provide other financing or investment arrangements, which subjects us to potential credit or investment risk that could, if realized, adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

In the ordinary course of business, we extend unsecured credit to our customers. As of December 31, 2015, this credit amounted to $28.8 million. We may also agree to allow our customers to defer payment on projects until certain milestones have been met or until the projects are substantially completed, and customers typically withhold some portion of amounts due to us as retainage. In addition, we may provide other forms of financing in the future to our customers or make investments in our customers’ projects, typically in situations where we also provide services in connection with the projects. Our payment arrangements with our customers subject us to potential credit risk related to changes in business and economic factors affecting our customers, including material changes in our customers’ revenues or cash flows. These changes may also reduce the value of any financing or equity investment arrangements we have with our customers. If we are unable to collect amounts owed to us, our cash flows would be reduced and we could experience losses if the uncollectible amounts exceeded current allowances. We would also recognize losses with respect to any investments that are impaired as a result of our customers’ financial difficulties. Losses experienced could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. The risks of collectability and impairment losses may increase for projects where we provide services as well as make a financing or equity investment.

We may be unable to obtain sufficient bonding capacity to support certain service offerings, and the need for performance and surety bonds may reduce our availability under the Credit Facility.

Certain of our contracts require performance and payment bonds. If our business continues to grow, our bonding requirements may increase under these and other contracts we obtain. If we are unable to renew or obtain a sufficient level of bonding capacity in the future, we may be precluded from being able to bid for certain contracts or successfully contract with certain customers. In addition, even if we are able to successfully renew or obtain performance or payment bonds, we may be required to post letters of credit in connection with the bonds, which would reduce availability under the Credit Facility.

18


Our inability to adequately protect the confidential aspects of our technology and the products and services we sell could materially weaken our operations.

We rely on a combination of trade secret, copyright and trademark laws, license agreements, and contractual arrangements with certain key employees to protect our proprietary rights and the proprietary rights of third parties from whom we license intellectual property. The legal protections afforded to us or the steps that we take may be inadequate to prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property. If it was determined that we have infringed or are infringing on the intellectual property rights of others, we could be required to pay substantial damages or stop selling products and services that contain the infringing intellectual property, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In such a case, we may be unable to develop non-infringing technology or obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Our success depends in part on our ability to protect the proprietary and confidential aspects of our technology and the products and services that we sell or utilize.

Claims, lawsuits, proceedings and contract disputes, including those related to our construction business, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are subject to various claims, lawsuits, proceedings and contract disputes that arise in the ordinary course of business. In particular, our construction activities expose us to increased risk because design, construction or systems failures can result in substantial bodily injury or damage to third parties. These actions may seek, among other things, compensation for alleged personal injury, workers’ compensation, employment discrimination, breach of contract, property damage, punitive damages, civil penalties or other losses, consequential damages, or injunctive or declaratory relief. In addition, pursuant to our service agreements, we generally indemnify our customers for claims related to the services we provide. Claimants may seek large damage awards and defending claims can involve significant costs. When appropriate, we establish reserves against these items that we believe to be adequate in light of current information, legal advice and professional indemnity insurance coverage, and we adjust such reserves from time to time according to case developments. If our reserves are inadequate, or if in the future our insurance coverage proves to be inadequate or unavailable, or if there is an increase in liabilities for which we self-insure, we could experience a reduction in our profitability and liquidity. Furthermore, if there is a customer dispute regarding performance of project services, the customer may decide to delay or withhold payment to us. An adverse determination on any such liability claim, lawsuit or proceeding, or delayed or withheld payments from customers in contract disputes, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, liability claims, lawsuits and proceedings or contract disputes may harm our reputation or divert management resources away from operating our business.

A security breach or other significant disruption of our IT systems caused by cyber-attack or other means, could have a negative impact on our operations.

All information technology systems are potentially vulnerable to damage, unauthorized access or interruption from a variety of sources, including but not limited to, cyber-attack, cyber intrusion, computer viruses, security breach, energy blackouts, natural disasters, terrorism, sabotage, war, and telecommunication failures. A cyber-attack or other significant disruption involving our information technology systems or those of our outsource partners, suppliers or our customers could result in the unauthorized release of proprietary, confidential or sensitive information of ours, employees or our customers. Such unauthorized access to, or release of, this information could: (i) allow others to unfairly compete with us, (ii) compromise safety or security, (iii) subject us to claims for breach of contract, and (iv) damage our reputation.

In addition, there has been a sharp increase in laws in Europe, the United States and elsewhere, imposing requirements for the handling of personal data, including data of employees, consumers and business contacts. There is a risk that our Company, directly or as the result of some third-party service provider we use, could be found to have failed to comply with the laws or regulations of some country regarding the collection, consent, handling, transfer, retention or disposal of such personal data, and therefore subject us to fines or other sanctions. Any or all of the foregoing could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flow.

The Field Services segment is highly dependent on our strategic alliance with DIRECTV and a major alteration or termination of that alliance could adversely affect our business.

The Field Services segment is highly dependent on our relationship with AT&T’s subsidiary, DIRECTV. Our current MSA with DIRECTV was extended in March 2015 and expires on October 15, 2018. The term of this agreement automatically renews for additional one-year periods unless either DIRECTV or we give written notice of termination at least 90 days in advance of expiration of the then current term.

19


The agreement can be terminated on 180 days’ notice by either party. Although DIRECTV may not terminate the agreement if it were to complete its proposed merger with AT&T Inc., the agreement does not require DIRECTV to undertake any work with us. DIRECTV may also change the terms of its agreement with us, and has done so to Multiband in the past, to terms that are more favorable to DIRECTV. Any adverse alteration or termination of our agreement with DIRECTV would have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, a significant decrease in the number of jobs we complete for DIRECTV could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our future results of operations could be adversely affected if the goodwill recorded in connection with the merger with Multiband or any recent acquisitions subsequently requires impairment.

Upon completing the merger with Multiband, we recorded an asset called “goodwill” equal to the excess amount we paid for Multiband over the fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired and identified intangible assets to be allocated to Multiband. We also recorded goodwill in connection with the acquisitions of the assets of the Custom Solutions Group of Cellular Specialties, Inc. (“CSG”) and Design Build Technologies, LLC. The amount of goodwill on our consolidated balance sheet increased substantially as a result of the merger with Multiband. Accounting Standards Codification Topic 350 from the Financial Accounting Standards Board provides specific guidance for testing goodwill and other non-amortized intangible assets for impairment. The testing of goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment requires us to make significant estimates about our future performance and cash flows, as well as other assumptions. These estimates can be affected by numerous factors, including changes in the definition of a business segment in which we operate; changes in economic, industry or market conditions; changes in business operations; changes in competition; or potential changes in the share price of our common stock and market capitalization. Changes in these factors, or changes in actual performance compared with estimates of our future performance, could affect the fair value of goodwill or other intangible assets, which may result in an impairment charge. We cannot accurately predict the amount or timing of any impairment of assets. Should the value of our goodwill or other intangible assets become impaired, it could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be significantly limited.

As of December 31, 2015, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, of approximately $93.8 million and state NOLs of $184.3 million. If not used, the federal NOLs will begin to expire in 2027 and the state NOLs started to expire in 2015. Under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOLs and other pre-change tax attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its post-change income and taxes may be limited. In general, an “ownership change” generally occurs if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by 5-percent shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We have performed a Section 382 study under the Code and determined that Multiband has had a total of five ownership changes since 1999. As a result of these ownership changes, Multiband’s ability to utilize its NOLs is limited. As of December 31, 2015, our Company did not meet the requirements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, to support that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized; therefore, a valuation allowance of $54.5 million was recorded as of December 31, 2015. The valuation allowance recorded against these NOLs does not limit or preclude our Company from fully utilizing these NOLs should we generate taxable income in future periods.

Risks Related to Our and Our Customers’ Industries

We are vulnerable to economic downturns and the cyclical nature of the telecommunications industry and particularly the wireless telecommunications industry, which could reduce capital expenditures by our customers and result in a decrease in demand for our services.

The demand for our services has been, and will likely continue to be, cyclical in nature and vulnerable to general downturns in the U.S. economy. In addition, because a substantial portion of our revenue is derived from customers within the telecommunications industry, we are vulnerable to the cyclical nature of the telecommunications industry and the capital expenditures of these customers. The wireless telecommunications market, in which many of our existing and potential customers compete, is particularly cyclical in nature and vulnerable to downturns in the overall telecommunications industry. During an economic downturn, our customers may not have the ability or desire to continue to fund capital expenditures for infrastructure, may determine to outsource less work or may have difficulty in obtaining financing. Any of these factors could result in the delay, reduction or cancellation of projects, which could result in decreased demand for our services and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our industries are highly competitive, which may reduce our market share and harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our industries are highly fragmented, and we compete with other companies in most of the markets in which we operate, ranging from small independent firms servicing local markets to larger firms servicing regional and national markets. There are

20


relatively few barriers to entry into certain of the markets in which we operate, and, as a result, any organization that has adequate financial resources and access to technical expertise and skilled personnel may become one of our competitors.

Most of our customers’ work is awarded through a bid process. Consequently, price is often a significant factor in determining which service provider is selected, especially on smaller, less complex projects. Smaller competitors are sometimes able to win bids for these projects based on price alone due to their lower costs and financial return requirements. If we are unsuccessful in bidding on these projects, or if our ability to win such projects requires that we accept lesser margins, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We also face competition from existing or prospective customers that employ in-house personnel to perform some of the same types of services we provide. For example, OEMs are increasingly bundling their equipment and software with ongoing services to provide complete managed services to their service provider customers. Our success depends upon the continued trend by our customers to outsource their network design, construction and project management needs. If this trend does not continue or is reversed and communication service providers and network equipment vendors elect to perform more of these tasks themselves, our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected due to the decline in the demand for our services.

Our potential for revenue growth depends in part upon demand for wireless data services on wireless networks and related infrastructure build outs and demand for broadband and expanded satellite television services and the overall appeal of DIRECTV’s products and services.

We expect that an important component of any future revenue growth will be sales to telecommunications service providers as they build out their network infrastructure and accommodate increased demand for wireless data services. The demand for wireless data services may decrease or may grow more slowly than expected. Any such decrease in the demand or slowing rate of growth could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, if the evolution to next generation technology, including small cell and DAS, does not materialize for any reason, such as lack of cost-effectiveness, then this may have an adverse impact on our business growth and revenues. Delays in the introduction of new wireless networks, the failure of these services to gain widespread acceptance or the ineffective marketing of these services may reduce the demand for our services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We also anticipate that future revenue in the Field Services business will be dependent upon public acceptance of broadband and expanded satellite television services and the overall appeal of DIRECTV’s products and services to consumers. Acceptance of these services is partially dependent on the infrastructure of the internet and satellite television, which is beyond our control. In addition, newer technologies, such as video-on-demand and delivery of programming content over the internet, are being developed, which could have a material adverse effect on our competitiveness in the marketplace if it is unable to adopt or deploy such technologies. A decline in the popularity of existing products and services or the failure of new products and services to achieve and sustain market acceptance could result in reduced overall revenues, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Consumer preferences with respect to entertainment are continuously changing, are difficult to predict and can vary over time. DIRECTV’s current products and services may not continue to be popular for any significant period of time, and any new products and services may not achieve commercial acceptance. Changes in consumer preferences may reduce the demand for our services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our customers are highly regulated, and the addition of new laws or regulations or changes to existing laws, regulations or technology may adversely impact demand for our services and the profitability of those services.

We derive, and anticipate that we will continue to derive, the vast majority of our revenue from customers in the telecommunications and subscription television industries. Our telecommunications and subscription television customers are subject to legislation enacted by Congress, and regulated by various federal, state and local agencies, including the Federal Communications Commission, and state public utility commissions, and is subject to rapid changes in governmental regulation and technology. These bodies might modify or interpret the application of their laws or regulations in a manner that is different than the way such regulations are currently applied or interpreted and may impose additional laws or regulations. If existing, modified or new laws or regulations have an adverse effect on our customers and adversely impact the profitability of the services they provide, demand for our services may be reduced. Changes in technology may also reduce the demand for the services we provide. The research and development of new and innovative technologically advanced products, including upgrades to current products and new generations of technologies, is a complex and uncertain process requiring high levels of innovation and investment, as well as accurate anticipation of technology and market trends. Our failure to rapidly adopt and master new technologies as they are developed in our industries could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

21


Mergers, consolidations or other strategic transactions in the wireless communications industry could weaken our competitive position, reduce the number of our customers and adversely affect our business.

The wireless communications industry may continue to experience consolidation and an increased formation of alliances among carriers and between carriers and other entities. Should one of our customers or a competitor, merge, consolidate, partner or enter into a strategic alliance with another carrier, OEM or competitor, this could have a material adverse impact on our business. Such a merger, consolidation, partnership or alliance may cause us to lose a wireless carrier or OEM customer or require us to reduce prices as a result of enhanced customer leverage or changes in the competitive landscape, which would have a negative effect on our business, revenues and profitability. We may not be able to expand our base of customers to offset revenue declines if we lose a material customer. These events could reduce our revenue and adversely affect our operating results.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness and the Notes

Our substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately $326.2 million of indebtedness outstanding (including unamortized discount and premium thereon) under the Indenture and the Credit Facility.

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

 

·

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes;

 

·

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

·

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes;

 

·

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and changes in the industries we serve and in which we operate;

 

·

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt;

 

·

limit our ability to borrow additional funds for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes; and

 

·

limit our ability to refinance our indebtedness, including the notes.

Despite our levels of indebtedness, we may still be able to incur a significant amount of additional debt, which could exacerbate the risks to our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes.

We may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the credit agreement governing our Credit Facility, or the Credit Agreement, and the Indenture contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions. This may affect our ability to make principal and interest payments on the notes when due. These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness.

We may be unable to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the notes, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may be unsuccessful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on our debt obligations or to refinance them depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may also be required to obtain the consent of the lenders under our Credit Facility to refinance material portions of our indebtedness, including the notes. We cannot assure you that we will maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, including the notes, or to otherwise fund our liquidity needs.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the notes. These alternative measures may be unsuccessful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. If our operating results and available cash are insufficient to meet our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. We may be unable to consummate those dispositions or to obtain the proceeds that we could realize from them, and these proceeds may be inadequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. Additionally, the Credit Agreement and the Indenture limit the use of the

22


proceeds from any disposition; as a result, we may not be allowed, under these agreements, to use proceeds from such dispositions to satisfy all current debt service obligations.

If we default under our Credit Facility, we may be unable to service our debt obligations.

In the event of a default under our Credit Facility, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts borrowed, together with accrued and unpaid interest and other fees, to be due and payable. If such acceleration occurs, the amounts outstanding under the notes may be accelerated, and we may be unable to repay the amounts due under our Credit Facility or the notes. The events of default under our Credit Facility are customary for financings of this type (subject to customary and appropriate grace periods). An acceleration of our indebtedness under the Credit Facility and the notes could have serious consequences to the holders of the notes and to our financial condition and results of operations, and could cause us to become bankrupt or insolvent.

Indebtedness under our Credit Facility is effectively senior to the notes and any guarantees with regard to the value of the collateral securing the Credit Facility.

As of December 31, 2015 and after giving effect to the amendment to our Credit Facility on May 8, 2014, we had $22.5 million of unused availability under our Credit Facility, subject to borrowing base determination and the maintenance of certain covenants. If and to the extent our borrowing base increases, we may be entitled to borrow up to an aggregate of $50.0 million on the Credit Facility. Obligations under our Credit Facility are secured by a first-priority lien on our accounts receivables, inventory, related contracts and other rights and other assets related to the foregoing and proceeds thereof, or the Bank Collateral. The notes are secured by a second-priority lien on the Bank Collateral. Any rights to payment and claims by the holders of the notes are, therefore, effectively junior to any rights to payment or claims by our creditors under our Credit Facility with respect to distributions of the Bank Collateral. The Indenture also permits us to amend or refinance our Credit Facility to provide us with the ability to borrow up to $50.0 million, all of which would be effectively senior to the notes and the guarantees with regard to the value of the collateral securities the Credit Facility on a first lien basis. Only when the obligations under our Credit Facility are satisfied in full will the proceeds of the Bank Collateral be available, subject to other permitted liens, to satisfy obligations under the notes. The notes are also effectively junior in right of payment to any other indebtedness collateralized by a higher priority lien on our assets, to the extent of the realizable value of such collateral.  

The Credit Facility will mature prior to the notes, and we will have to refinance or repay any outstanding balance on the Credit Facility prior to repaying the notes.

Prior to the repayment of the notes, we will be required to repay the outstanding balance owed on our Credit Facility, which consists of a $50.0 million total commitment, none of which was borrowed as of December 31, 2015. We had $22.5 million of unused availability as of December 31, 2015. If we borrow under the Credit Facility, we may be unable to refinance any of this indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to repay or refinance any of this indebtedness or obtain new financing under these circumstances, our lenders will be entitled to exercise the remedies provided in the Credit Facility and we will have to consider other options, such as:

 

·

sales of assets;

 

·

sales of equity;

 

·

negotiations with our lenders to restructure the applicable indebtedness; and

 

·

commencement of voluntary bankruptcy proceedings.

Our debt instruments may restrict, or market or business conditions may limit, our ability to use some of these options. Our failure to pay our obligations with respect to the Credit Facility would also constitute an event of default under the Indenture, which would entitle the holders of the notes to accelerate our obligations with respect to the notes and exercise the remedies provided in the Indenture and security documents relating to the notes.  

The right of holders of notes to receive payment on the notes is structurally subordinated to the liabilities of our non-guarantor subsidiaries.

Only our existing and future material domestic subsidiaries guarantee or will guarantee the notes. The notes are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness of our subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the notes. While the Indenture limits the indebtedness and activities of these non-guarantor subsidiaries, holders of indebtedness of, and trade creditors of, non-guarantor subsidiaries, are entitled to payments of their claims from the assets of such subsidiaries before those assets are made available for distribution to us, as direct or indirect shareholder.

23


Accordingly, in the event that any of our non-guarantor subsidiaries becomes insolvent, liquidates or otherwise reorganizes:

 

·

our creditors (including the holders of the notes) will have no right to proceed against such subsidiary’s assets; and

 

·

the creditors of the non-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade creditors, will generally be entitled to payment in full from the sale or other disposal of assets of such non-guarantor subsidiary before we, as direct or indirect shareholder, will be entitled to receive any distributions from such subsidiary.

We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to finance the change of control offer or the asset sale offer required by the Indenture governing the notes.

Upon a change of control, subject to certain conditions, we are required to offer to repurchase all outstanding notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. Further, upon certain asset sales subject to certain conditions and exceptions, we may be required to repurchase any outstanding notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any. The source of funds for the purchases of the notes will be our available cash or other potential sources, including borrowings, proceeds from sales of assets or proceeds from sales of equity. Sufficient funds from such sources may be unavailable at the time of any change of control or asset sale to make required repurchases of the notes tendered. Our future indebtedness agreements may limit our ability to repurchase the notes and/or provide that certain change of control events or asset sales will constitute an event of default thereunder.

Our ability to borrow under the Credit Facility is subject to fluctuations of our borrowing base calculation due to the amount of our receivables with customers other than AT&T.

The borrowings available under the Credit Facility are subject to fluctuations in the calculation of a borrowing base, which is based on the value of our eligible accounts receivable and up to $10.0 million of eligible inventory. On May 8, 2014, we entered into an AT&T-sponsored vendor finance program to reduce our effective collection cycle time on AT&T invoices, but to facilitate the program, we amended the Credit Facility to remove the AT&T receivables as collateral thereunder. Our receivables with AT&T therefore no longer contribute to our borrowing base under the Credit Facility. While the maximum commitment on the Credit Facility remains at $50.0 million, our net availability thereunder has declined compared to historical levels as a result of the elimination of the AT&T receivables from the borrowing base calculation. As of December 31, 2015, our borrowing base under the Credit Facility and our availability for additional borrowings was $22.5 million. As a result, the availability under the Credit Facility fluctuates with the level of receivables with customers other than AT&T and reduces as we collect receivables or if they are not paid within a certain period of time. If the value of our eligible inventory were to significantly decrease, it could also reduce our borrowing capacity. If our borrowing base is reduced below the level of outstanding borrowings on the Credit Facility, then a portion of the outstanding indebtedness under the Credit Facility could become due and payable. If that should occur, we may be forced to use the proceeds from the collection of receivables to repay the facility or we may be unable to repay all of our obligations under the Credit Facility, which could force us to sell significant assets or allow our assets to be foreclosed upon. Should our liquidity needs exceed our cash on hand and borrowings available under the Credit Facility, we would be required to obtain modifications of the Credit Facility or secure another source of financing to continue to operate our business, which may not be available at a favorable price, or at all.

 

Holders of the notes may be unable to determine when a change of control giving rise to their right to have the notes repurchased has occurred following a sale of “substantially all” of our assets.

The definition of change of control in the Indenture includes a phrase relating to the sale of “all or substantially all” of our assets. There is no precise established definition of the phrase “substantially all” under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of the notes to require us to repurchase its notes as a result of a sale of less than all our assets to another person may be uncertain.

The intercreditor agreement entered into by us in connection with the Indenture may limit the rights of the holders of the notes and their control with respect to certain stock serving as collateral for the notes.

The rights of the holders of the notes with respect to the first-priority lien on 100% of the capital stock of all of our future material U.S. subsidiaries and non-voting stock of our future material non-U.S. subsidiaries and 66% of all voting stock of our future material non-U.S. subsidiaries, or, collectively, the Notes Collateral, are substantially limited pursuant to the terms of the intercreditor agreement. Under the intercreditor agreement, if amounts or commitments remain outstanding under our Credit Facility, actions taken in respect of Notes Collateral, including the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against such collateral and to control the conduct of these proceedings, will be at the sole direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens, subject to certain limitations. As a result, the collateral trustee, on behalf of the holders of the notes, may not have the ability to control or direct these actions, even if the rights of the holders of the notes are adversely affected. The intercreditor agreement also contains certain provisions that restrict the collateral trustee, on behalf of the holders of the notes, from objecting to a number of important matters involving certain of the collateral following a bankruptcy filing by us. After such a filing, the value of the collateral could materially deteriorate.

24


U.S. bankruptcy laws may limit your ability to realize value from the Notes Collateral.

The right of the collateral trustee to repossess and dispose of the Notes Collateral is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy law if a bankruptcy proceeding were to be commenced by or against us. Even if the repossession and disposition has occurred, a subsequent bankruptcy proceeding could give rise to causes of action against the collateral trustee and the holders of the notes. Following the commencement of a case under the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or the Bankruptcy Code, a secured creditor such as the collateral trustee is prohibited from repossessing its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security repossessed from such debtor, without prior bankruptcy court approval, which may not be obtained. Moreover, the Bankruptcy Code permits the debtor to continue to retain and use collateral, and the proceeds, products, rents or profits of the collateral, even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments so long as the secured creditor is given “adequate protection.” A bankruptcy court may also determine that a secured creditor is not entitled to any compensation or other protection in respect of the diminution in the value of its collateral if the value of the collateral exceeds the amount of the debt it secures.

The meaning of the term “adequate protection” varies according to circumstances, and may include, among other things, cash payments or the granting of additional security, but it is intended generally to protect the value of the secured creditor’s interest in the collateral as of the commencement of the bankruptcy case and is granted in the bankruptcy court’s sole discretion.

Given the uncertainty as to the value of the Notes Collateral at the time any bankruptcy case may be commenced, and in view of the fact that the granting of “adequate protection” varies on a case-by-case basis and remains within the broad discretionary power of the bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict:

 

·

how long payments under the notes could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy case;

 

·

whether or when the collateral trustee could repossess or dispose of any collateral; and

 

·

whether or to what extent the holders of the notes would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the collateral through any grant of “adequate protection.”

It may be difficult to realize the value of the Notes Collateral.

The Notes Collateral is subject to any and all exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens and other imperfections as may be accepted from time to time by the collateral trustee and any other creditors that also have the benefit of first priority liens on the Notes Collateral, whether on or after the date the notes are issued. The existence of any such exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens or other imperfections could adversely affect the value of the Notes Collateral as well as the ability of the collateral trustee to realize or foreclose on such collateral.

The security interest of the collateral trustee is subject to practical problems generally associated with the realization of security interests in collateral. For example, the collateral trustee may need to obtain the consent of a third party to obtain or enforce a security interest in a contract, and the collateral trustee may be unable to obtain any such consent. The consents of any third parties may not be given if required to facilitate a foreclosure on any particular assets. Accordingly, the collateral trustee may not have the ability to foreclose upon such assets and the value of the collateral may significantly decrease.

The value of the Notes Collateral may be insufficient to satisfy our obligations under the notes.

The notes are secured by liens on the Notes Collateral. The value of the collateral and the amount to be received upon a sale of such collateral will depend upon many factors including, among others, the condition of the collateral and the telecommunications industry, the ability to sell the collateral in an orderly sale, the condition of the international, national, and local economies, the availability of buyers and other similar factors. No appraisal of the fair market value of the collateral has been prepared in connection with this Annual Report. You should not rely upon the book value of the collateral as a measure of realizable value for such assets. By their nature, portions of the collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. In addition, a significant portion of the collateral includes assets that may only be usable, and thus retain value, as part of our existing operating businesses. Accordingly, any such sale of the collateral separate from the sale of certain operating businesses may not be feasible or have significant value.

There may be insufficient proceeds of collateral to pay off all amounts due under the notes and any other debt that we may issue that would be secured on the same basis as the notes. In addition, to the extent that third parties hold liens (including statutory liens), whether or not permitted by the Indenture, such third parties may have rights and remedies with respect to the Notes Collateral that, if exercised, could reduce the proceeds available to satisfy the obligations under the notes. Consequently, foreclosing on the Notes Collateral may not result in proceeds in an amount sufficient to pay all amounts due under the notes. If the proceeds of any sale of collateral are not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the notes, the holders of the notes (to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the Notes Collateral) would have only a senior unsecured claim against our remaining assets.

25


Additionally, applicable law requires that every aspect of any foreclosure or other disposition of collateral be “commercially reasonable.” If a court were to determine that any aspect of the collateral trustee’s exercise of remedies was not commercially reasonable, the ability of you, as holder of the notes, to recover the difference between the amount realized through such exercise of remedies and the amount owed on the notes may be adversely affected and, in the worst case, you could lose all claims for such deficiency amount.

The Notes Collateral is subject to casualty risks that could reduce its value.

We may insure certain collateral against loss or damage by fire or other hazards. However, we may not maintain or continue such insurance and there are some losses that may be either uninsurable or not economically insurable, in whole or in part. As a result, the insurance proceeds may not compensate us fully for our losses. If there is a total or partial loss of any of the pledged assets, the proceeds received by us in respect thereof may be insufficient to repay the notes. In the event of a total or partial loss of any of the pledged assets, certain items of equipment and inventory may not be easily replaced. Accordingly, even though there may be insurance coverage, the extended period needed to manufacture replacement units or inventory could cause significant delays.

Rights of the holders of the notes in the Notes Collateral may be adversely affected by the failure to perfect security interests in certain collateral.

Applicable law requires that a security interest in certain tangible and intangible assets can only be properly perfected and its priority retained through certain actions. The liens in the Notes Collateral may be unperfected with respect to the claims of the holders of the notes if certain actions necessary to perfect any of these liens are not taken.

In addition, applicable law requires that certain property and rights acquired after the grant of a general security interest, such as rights in real property, can only be perfected at the time such property and rights are acquired and identified. Likewise, any rights acquired in a pending, unpublished intellectual property application may be unrecordable until after the application, or resulting registration, is published. There can be no assurance that the trustee or the collateral trustee will monitor, or that we will inform the trustee or the collateral trustee of, the future acquisition of property and rights that constitute collateral, and that the necessary action will be taken to properly perfect the security interest in such after-acquired collateral. The collateral trustee for the notes has no obligation to monitor the acquisition of additional property or rights that constitute collateral or the perfection of any security interest in favor of the notes against third parties. Failure to perfect any such security interest could result in the loss of such security interest or the priority of the security interest in favor of the notes against third parties.

There are circumstances other than repayment or discharge of the notes under which the Notes Collateral will be released automatically, without your consent or the consent of the collateral trustee.

Under various circumstances, all or a portion of the collateral may be released, including:

 

·

to enable the sale, transfer or other disposal of such collateral in a transaction not prohibited under the Indenture or our Credit Facility, including the sale of any entity in its entirety that owns or holds such collateral; and

 

·

with respect to any Bank Collateral, upon any release by the lenders under our Credit Facility of its first priority security interest in such Bank Collateral in connection with the exercise of remedies (other than any such release granted following the discharge of the obligations with respect to our Credit Facility).

We will in most cases have control over the Notes Collateral.

The security documents generally allow us to remain in possession of, to retain exclusive control over, to freely operate and to collect, invest and dispose of any income from, the Notes Collateral. These rights may adversely affect the value of the Notes Collateral at any time.

Ratings of the notes may cause their trading price to fall and affect the marketability of the notes.

A rating agency’s rating of the notes is not a recommendation to purchase, sell or hold any particular security, including the notes. Such ratings are limited in scope and do not comment as to material risks relating to an investment in the notes. An explanation of the significance of such ratings may be obtained from such rating agencies. There is no assurance that such credit ratings will be issued or remain in effect for any given period of time. The rating agencies also may lower, suspend or withdraw ratings on the notes in the future. Holders of the notes will have no recourse against us or any other parties in the event of a change in, or suspension or withdrawal of, such ratings. Any lowering, suspension or withdrawal of such ratings may have an adverse effect on the market prices or marketability of the notes.

26


If a bankruptcy petition were filed by or against us, holders of the notes may receive a lesser amount for their claim than they would have been entitled to receive under the Indenture governing the notes.

If a bankruptcy petition were filed by or against us under the Bankruptcy Code after the issuance of the notes, the claim by any holder of the notes for the principal amount of the notes may be limited to an amount equal to the sum of:

 

·

the original issue price for the notes; and

 

·

that portion of the original issue discount, or OID, on the notes, that does not constitute “unmatured interest” for purposes of the Bankruptcy Code.

Any OID that was not amortized as of the date of the bankruptcy filing would constitute unmatured interest, which may not be an allowable claim in a bankruptcy proceeding involving us. Accordingly, holders of the notes under these circumstances may receive a lesser amount than they would be entitled to under the terms of the Indenture, even if sufficient funds are available.

The ability of the collateral trustee to exercise remedies against the Notes Collateral may be limited by terms of agreements to which we are a party.

We do not expect to notify third parties of the security interest of the collateral trustee or to obtain consents from such third parties to the pledge by us of their obligations under any agreements constituting collateral. However, some agreements purport to restrict us from transferring our rights thereunder without the consent of such third parties. We do not expect to seek and obtain consent of third parties. In these cases, the notes will only be secured by such payment and other contractual rights to the extent that Sections 9-406 or 9-408 of the Uniform Commercial Code, or UCC, render such restrictions unenforceable or ineffective. In general, Section 9-406 of the UCC provides that, with respect to most rights to payment, provisions in agreements purporting to restrict or prohibit the right to pledge accounts receivable, chattel paper, promissory notes and payment intangibles are not enforceable.

Section 9-408 of the UCC would apply to general intangibles that are not payment intangibles but unlike Section 9-406 the override of anti-assignment clauses in Section 9-408 is quite limited and among many other restrictions would not permit the secured party to enforce the general intangible against the counterparty to the contract. However, both Section 9-406 and 9-408 are relatively new provisions with only a limited body of case law to interpret them and it is therefore uncertain the full extent to which these provisions will be available to the collateral trustee. If the collateral trustee is unable to exercise these rights under the UCC or unable to obtain consents, the value of the Notes Collateral as well as the ability of the collateral trustee to realize or foreclose on such collateral in a timely manner may be adversely affected.

The value of the Notes Collateral may be insufficient to entitle holders to payment of post-petition interest.

In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding against us or a guarantor, holders of the notes will be entitled to post-petition interest under the Bankruptcy Code only if the value of the Notes Collateral and any other indebtedness that is secured by an equal and ratable lien on the Notes Collateral, and the obligations under the Credit Facility is greater than the aggregate pre-bankruptcy claims of the secured parties under such shared collateral indebtedness plus the claims of the lenders for post-petition interest pursuant to their right to be paid first from the collateral. Holders of the notes may be deemed to have an unsecured claim if our obligations in respect of the notes exceed our pro rata share of the fair market value of the collateral securing the shared collateral indebtedness after satisfaction of our first priority indebtedness. Holders of the notes that have a security interest in collateral with a value equal or less than the aggregate claims securing the shared collateral indebtedness will not be entitled to post-petition interest under the Bankruptcy Code. In addition, if any payments of post-petition interest were made at the time of such a finding of under collateralization, such payments could be re-characterized by the bankruptcy court as a reduction of the principal amount of the secured claim with respect to notes. No appraisal of the fair market value of the Notes Collateral has been prepared and, therefore, the value of the collateral trustee’s interest in the collateral may not equal or exceed the principal amount of the notes and the other shared collateral indebtedness. We cannot assure you that there will be sufficient collateral to satisfy our and the subsidiary guarantors’ obligations under the notes.

Intervening creditors may have a perfected security interest in the collateral that could be senior to the rights of holders of the notes.

There is a risk that there may be an intervening creditor that has a perfected security interest in the Notes Collateral, and if there is such an intervening creditor, the lien of such creditor may be entitled to a higher priority than the liens securing the notes. We conducted searches in the appropriate public filing offices to ascertain the existence of any intervening creditors, but we cannot assure you that no intervening creditors exist or that any completed lien searches will reveal any or all existing liens on the Notes Collateral. Any such existing lien, including undiscovered liens, could be significant, could be prior in ranking to the liens securing the notes and could have an adverse effect on the ability of the collateral trustee to realize or foreclose upon the Notes Collateral.

27


Security interests of the holders of the notes in certain items of present and future collateral may be unperfected, which means that it may not secure our obligation under the notes.

The security interests are or will be unperfected with respect to certain items of collateral that cannot be perfected by the filing of financing statements in each debtor’s jurisdiction of organization, the filing of mortgages, the delivery of possession of certificated securities or the filing of a notice of security interest with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or the U.S. Copyright Office or certain other conventional methods to perfect security interests in the United States. Security interests in collateral such as deposit accounts and securities accounts, which require additional actions to perfect liens on such accounts, may be unperfected or may not have priority with respect to the security interests of other creditors. To the extent that the security interests in any items of collateral are unperfected, the rights of the holders of the notes with respect to such collateral are or will be equal to the rights of our general unsecured creditors in the event of any bankruptcy filed by or against us under applicable U.S. federal bankruptcy laws. Our failure to meet our obligations to inform the trustee and the collateral trustee of the future acquisition of property or rights that constitute collateral may constitute a breach under the Indenture, which may result in the acceleration of our obligations under the notes. Acceleration of such obligations in such situation, however, may not provide an adequate remedy to holders of the notes if the value of the Notes Collateral is impaired by the failure to perfect the security interest in, or create a valid lien with respect to, such after-acquired collateral.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the notes and the related guarantees, subordinate claims in respect of the notes and the related guarantees and require holders of the notes to return payments received and, if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the notes.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance laws may apply to the issuance of the notes and the incurrence of any guarantees of the notes, including any note guarantees that may be entered into after the date of the issuance of the notes pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. Under federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws, which may vary from state to state, delivery of the notes or the notes guarantees could be voided as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance if (1) we or any guarantor, as applicable, issued the notes or incurred the notes guarantees with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors; or (2) we or any guarantor, as applicable, received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for either issuing the notes or incurring the notes guarantees and, in the case of (2) only, one of the following is also true at the time thereof:

 

·

we or any guarantors, as applicable, were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the issuance of the notes or the incurrence of the notes guarantees;

 

·

the issuance of the notes or the incurrence of the notes guarantees left us or any guarantor, as applicable, with an unreasonably small amount of capital to carry on the business;

 

·

we or any guarantor intended to, or believed that we or such guarantor would, incur debts beyond our or such guarantors’ ability to pay such debts as they mature; or

 

·

we or any guarantor was a defendant in an action for money damages, or had a judgment for money damages docketed against us or such guarantor if, in either case, after final judgment, the judgment is unsatisfied.

A court would likely find that we or a guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the notes or such note guarantee if we or such guarantor did not substantially benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the notes or the applicable notes guarantee. As a general matter, value is given for a transfer or an obligation if, in for the transfer or obligation, property is transferred or an antecedent debt is secured or satisfied. A debtor will generally not be considered to have received value in connection with a debt offering if the debtor uses the proceeds of that offering to make a dividend payment or otherwise retire or redeem equity securities issued by the debtor. We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we or the guarantors were solvent at the relevant time or, regardless of the standard that a court uses, that the issuance of the notes guarantees would not be further subordinated to our or our guarantors’ other debt. Generally, however, an entity would be considered insolvent if, at the time it incurred indebtedness:

 

·

the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all its assets;

 

·

the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

 

·

it could not pay its debts as they become due.

If a court were to find that the issuance of the notes or the incurrence of the note guarantees was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the notes or such note guarantee or further subordinate the notes or such note guarantee to presently existing and future indebtedness of ours or the related guarantor, or require the holders of the notes to repay any amounts received with respect to such notes guarantee. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the notes. Further, the voidance of the notes could result in an event of default with

28


respect to our and our subsidiaries’ other debt that could result in acceleration of such debt. Although each note guarantee will contain a provision intended to limit that guarantor’s liability to the maximum amount that it could incur without causing the incurrence of obligations under its guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer, this provision may be ineffective to protect those guarantees from being voided under fraudulent transfer law.

Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our indebtedness service obligations to increase significantly.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our operating income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, would correspondingly decrease.

We are permitted to create unrestricted subsidiaries, which will not be subject to any of the covenants in the Indenture, and we may not be able to rely on the cash flow or assets of those unrestricted subsidiaries to pay our indebtedness.

Unrestricted subsidiaries are not subject to the covenants under the Indenture. Unrestricted subsidiaries may enter into financing arrangements that limit their ability to make loans or other payments to fund payments in respect of the notes. Accordingly, we may not be able to rely on the cash flow or assets of unrestricted subsidiaries to pay any of our indebtedness, including the notes.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not applicable.

 

 

Item 2. Properties.

We lease our headquarters in Frisco, Texas and other facilities throughout the United States. Our facilities are used for offices, equipment yards, warehouses and storage and vehicle shops. In December 2015, we entered into a lease agreement whereby we moved our Company’s headquarter office to Frisco, TX as of February 2016. We currently leases approximately 53,349 square feet of office space in Frisco under our new lease with expires in October 15, 2018. As of December 31, 2015, our Infrastructure Services and Professional Services segments operated out of 25 locations in 9 states throughout the United States, all of which were leased. Our Field Services segment operated out of 31 locations in 14 states as of December 31, 2015. We believe that our existing facilities are sufficient for our current needs. In addition, we operate a number of on-site project offices maintained on a temporary basis as the need arises.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

We are from time to time party to various lawsuits, claims and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. These actions typically seek, among other things, compensation for alleged personal injury, lost wages, pain and suffering, breach of contract and/or property damages, punitive damages, civil penalties or other losses, or injunctive or declaratory relief. Based upon information currently available, we believe that the ultimate outcome of all current litigation and other claims, including settlements, in the aggregate will not have a material adverse effect on our overall financial condition for purposes of financial reporting.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

 

 

29


PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information and Holders

There is currently no established public trading market or publicly available quotations for our common stock. As of March 30, 2016, there were 912,754 shares of our common stock outstanding and held of record by approximately 22 holders.

Dividends

We have not paid any dividends on our common stock during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015. We do not intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently anticipate that we will retain all of our available cash, if any, for use as working capital, acquisitions and for other general corporate purposes, including to service our debt and to fund the operation of our business. Payment of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on many factors, including general economic and business conditions, our strategic plans, our financial results and condition, legal requirements and other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant. The Indenture and our Credit Facility also impose restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Material Covenants under our Indenture and Credit Facility — Applicability of Covenants.”

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2015 with respect to compensation plans under which shares of our common stock may be issued. Additional information concerning our share-based compensation plans is presented in Note 10, Share-Based Compensation and Warrants, in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

 

Plan category

Number of Securities to Be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights

 

 

Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights

 

 

Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

 

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

571,566

 

 

$

64.47

 

 

$

428,434

 

(1)

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Total

 

571,566

 

 

$

64.47

 

 

$

428,434

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents shares available for issuance under the Goodman Networks Incorporated 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

There were no sales of unregistered securities during the quarter ended December 31, 2015 that were not previously reported on a quarterly report or a current report.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

There were no repurchases of shares of common stock or options to purchase common stock during the quarter ended December 31, 2015.

30


Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The following consolidated selected financial data is derived from our audited financial statements as of and for the five years ended December 31, 2015 included elsewhere in this Annual Report and from our audited financial statements not included in this Annual Report.

On February 28, 2013, we completed the CSG acquisition. Accordingly, the operations and assets acquired in the CSG acquisition are included in our historical results of operations beginning March 1, 2013 and reflected in our historical balance sheet as of December 31, 2013. The merger with Multiband was completed on August 30, 2013. The operations and assets of Multiband are therefore included in our historical results of operations beginning August 31, 2013 and reflected in our historical balance sheet as of December 31, 2013.

The following consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our consolidated financial statements and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Our financial results included below and elsewhere in this Annual Report are not necessarily indicative of our future performance.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2011

 

 

2012

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

2015

 

 

Statement of Operations Data (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

$

729,002

 

 

$

609,227

 

 

$

931,745

 

 

$

1,199,188

 

$

725,056

 

 

Cost of revenues

 

610,784

 

 

 

499,288

 

 

 

806,109

 

 

 

1,025,437

 

 

638,598

 

 

    Gross profit

 

118,218

 

 

 

109,939

 

 

 

125,636

 

 

 

173,751

 

 

86,458

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

67,450

 

 

 

87,216

 

 

 

121,106

 

 

 

122,792

 

 

92,993

 

 

Restructuring expense (2)

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

9,998

 

 

11,653

 

 

Impairment expense (3)

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,254

 

 

3,336

 

 

Other operating income (expenses)

 

4,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,285

)

 

-

 

 

    Operating income (loss)

 

46,768

 

 

 

22,723

 

 

 

4,530

 

 

 

40,992

 

 

(21,524

)

 

Other income

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(25

)

 

 

(71

)

 

-

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

20,548

 

 

 

31,998

 

 

 

40,287

 

 

 

46,694

 

 

43,925

 

 

    Income (loss) before income tax expense

 

26,220

 

 

 

(9,275

)

 

 

(35,732

)

 

 

(5,631

)

 

(65,449

)

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

10,309

 

 

 

(4,176

)

 

 

7,506

 

 

 

9,293

 

 

1,052

 

 

    Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

15,911

 

 

 

(5,099

)

 

 

(43,238

)

 

 

(14,924

)

 

(66,501

)

 

    Net income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

3,407

 

 

 

2,568

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

    Net income (loss) from operations

$

19,318

 

 

$

(2,531

)

 

$

(43,238

)

 

$

(14,924

)

$

(66,501

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Financial Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA from continuing operations (4)

$

51,287

 

 

$

26,344

 

 

$

14,313

 

 

$

52,562

 

$

(10,968

)

 

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations (4)

 

53,494

 

 

 

42,431

 

 

 

25,758

 

 

 

69,735

 

 

5,885

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

3,227

 

 

 

3,470

 

 

 

4,964

 

 

 

18,603

 

 

4,917

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

100,637

 

 

$

120,991

 

 

$

59,439

 

 

$

76,703

 

$

39,832

 

 

Total assets

 

301,826

 

 

 

324,159

 

 

 

508,390

 

 

 

414,060

 

 

253,091

 

 

Long-term debt (net of current portion & deferred financing costs)

 

221,401

 

 

 

221,953

 

 

 

330,346

 

 

 

326,648

 

 

326,163

 

 

Total shareholders' deficit

 

(95,241

)

 

 

(92,323

)

 

 

(135,324

)

 

 

(145,023

)

 

(204,131

)

 

 

(1)

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, transitional services ceased on an expired contract with AT&T in the Pacific Northwest region. Accordingly, the results of operations for the Pacific Northwest region are presented as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

(2)

During the second quarter of 2014, the Company’s management committed to and initiated plans to restructure and further improve efficiencies in our operations during 2014, 2015 and 2016 or the 2014 Restructuring Plan.  The restructuring costs associated with the 2014 Restructuring Plan are recorded in restructuring expense within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.  

31


(3)

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company listed for sale the Multiband headquarters building in Minnetonka, Minnesota. The Company evaluated the carrying value against the fair value of the building, less costs that will be incurred to complete the sale of the building, and concluded that the value of the building was impaired. Accordingly an impairment charge of $3.3 million has been included in the consolidated statements of operations.  During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company transitioned a single enterprise resource planning system and recorded an impairment charge of $2.3 million upon the discontinuance of the internally developed system. Additionally an impairment charge of $1.0 million was recorded in connection with the sale of the Multiband building and long term assets in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

(4)

EBITDA from continuing operations represents net income from continuing operations before income tax expense, interest, depreciation and amortization. We present EBITDA from continuing operations because we consider it to be an important supplemental measure of our operating performance and we believe that such information will be used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of high yield issuers, many of which present EBITDA from continuing operations when reporting their results. We consider EBITDA from continuing operations to be an operating performance measure, and not a liquidity measure, that provides a measure of operating results unaffected by differences in capital structures, capital investment cycles and ages of related assets among otherwise comparable companies.  

 

We present Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations, which adjusts EBITDA from continuing operations for items that management does not consider to be reflective of the Company’s core operating performance, because it may be used by certain investors as a measure of operating performance. Management considers core operating performance to be that which can be affected by managers in any particular period through their management of the resources that affect our underlying revenue and profit generating operations during that period. Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations adjusts EBITDA from continuing operations to eliminate the impact of certain items, including: (i) share-based compensation (non-cash portion); (ii) certain professional and consultant fees identified in the Indenture; (iii) severance expense (paid to certain senior level employees); (iv) amortization of debt issuance costs; (v) restatement fees and expenses; (vi) a tax gross-up payment made to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer to cover the his tax obligation for an award of common stock; (vii) transaction fees and expenses related to acquisitions; (viii) certain restructuring fees and expenses; (ix) impairment charges recognized on our long-lived assets; and (x) fees and expenses related to the issuance of equity permitted under the Indenture.

 

Because EBITDA from continuing operations and Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations are not recognized measurements under GAAP, both have limitations as analytical tools. As a result of these limitations, when analyzing our operating performance, investors should use EBITDA from continuing operations and Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations in addition to, and not as an alternative for, net income, operating income or any other performance measure presented in accordance with GAAP. Similarly, investors should not use EBITDA from continuing operations and Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities or as a measure of our liquidity.

The following table reconciles net income to EBITDA from continuing operations and EBITDA from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations:

 

 

 

Years  Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015

 

EBITDA from continuing operations and Adjusted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA from continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

15,911

 

 

$

(5,099

)

$

(43,238

)

$

(14,924

)

$

(66,501

)

Income tax expense

 

 

10,309

 

 

 

(4,176

)

 

7,506

 

 

9,293

 

 

1,052

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

20,548

 

 

 

31,998

 

 

40,287

 

 

46,694

 

 

43,925

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

4,519

 

 

 

3,621

 

 

9,758

 

 

11,499

 

 

10,556

 

EBITDA from continuing operations

 

 

51,287

 

 

 

26,344

 

 

14,313

 

 

52,562

 

 

(10,968

)

Share-based compensation (a)

 

 

1,023

 

 

 

5,629

 

 

4,507

 

 

6,043

 

 

5,458

 

Specified professional fees (b)

 

 

651

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Severance expense (c)

 

 

1,228

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Restructuring expense (d)

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

9,998

 

 

11,653

 

Amortization of debt issuance costs (e)

 

 

(695

)

 

 

(1,195

)

 

(1,990

)

 

(3,482

)

 

(3,594

)

Restatement fees and expenses (f)

 

 

-

 

 

 

8,075

 

 

3,382

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Tax gross up on CEO stock grant (g)

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,226

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Asset impairments (h)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

3,254

 

 

3,336

 

Equity issuance costs (i)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

1,360

 

 

-

 

Acquisition related transaction expenses (j)

 

 

-

 

 

 

352

 

 

5,546

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations

 

$

53,494

 

 

$

42,431

 

$

25,758

 

$

69,735

 

$

5,885

 

(a)

Represents non-cash expense related to equity-based compensation.

(b)

Includes: (i) third-party consultant fees for a review of various business process and cost improvement initiatives, (ii) third-party consultant fees as a result of an investment in our company by affiliates of The Stephens Group, LLC; (iii) fees paid to an executive recruiting firm; and (iv) operations review expenses.

32


(c)

Represents severance costs paid to certain senior level employees upon termination of their employment with us.

(d)

Represents restructuring cost related to the 2014 Restructuring Plan.

(e)

Represents amortization of debt issuance costs included in interest expense but excluded in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA per the Indenture.

(f)

Represents accounting advisory and audit fees incurred in connection with completing restatement of our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, and preparing our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012, on the completed contract method and modifying our business processes to account for construction projects under the completed contract method going forward.

(g)

Represents a tax gross-up payment made to cover the tax obligation for share grant made to our Chief Executive Officer in connection with his transition into that role.

(h)

Represents impairment charges on long-lived assets related to the Multiband building sale and discontinuance of internally developed software.

(i)

Represents cost expensed during the year ended December 31, 2014 related to the potential offering of shares of our common stock pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 in 2014.

(j)

Represents fees and expenses incurred relating to our business acquisitions for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

 

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis summarizes the significant factors affecting our consolidated operating results, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows as of and for the periods presented below. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on beliefs of our management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. Actual results may differ materially from those discussed in or implied by forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report, particularly in the section entitled “Risk Factors.” See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

We are a leading provider of end-to-end network infrastructure and professional services to the telecommunications industry and installation and maintenance services to the satellite television industry. Our wireless telecommunications services span the full network lifecycle, including the design, engineering, construction, deployment, integration, maintenance, and decommissioning of wireless networks. We perform these services across multiple network infrastructures, including traditional cell towers as well as small cell and distributed antenna systems, or DAS, locations. We serve the satellite television industry by providing onsite installation, upgrading and maintenance of satellite television systems to both residential and commercial market customers.

We operate from a broad footprint, operating mainly throughout the continental United States.  As of December 31, 2015, we employed over 3,500 people and operated in over 50 regional offices and warehouses.  We have established long-standing relationships with Tier-1 wireless carriers and original telecommunications equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, including AT&T, Inc. and its subsidiaries, AT&T Mobility, LLC, or AT&T and DIRECTV, Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., or Alcatel-Lucent, and Sprint/United Management Company, or Sprint.  Over the last few years, we have sought to diversify our customer base within the telecommunications industry by leveraging our long-term success and reputation for quality to win new customers such as Century Link, Inc. or Century Link and Verizon Wireless, or Verizon. We generated nearly all of our revenues over the past several years under master service agreements, or MSAs, that establish a framework including pricing and other terms, for providing ongoing services. During 2015, we also provided small cell or DAS services to over 100 enterprises including higher education institutions, stadiums for professional and collegiate sports events, hotels and resorts, major retailers, hospitals, corporations and government agencies.

Significant Transactions

2014 Restructuring Plan

During 2014, our management approved, committed to and initiated plans to restructure and further improve efficiencies in our operations, or the 2014 Restructuring Plan. As part of the 2014 Restructuring Plan, we have taken steps to (i) further integrate the operations acquired in our acquisition by Merger of Multiband Corporation, or Multiband, in 2013, and the Custom Solutions Group of Cellular Specialties, Inc., or CSG, a provider of indoor and outdoor DAS and carrier Wi Fi solutions, services, consultations and maintenance that we acquired in 2013, including elimination of redundant positions and information technology infrastructure to realize acquisition synergies, (ii) exit certain locations to bring our overhead costs in line with our revenue, and (iii) eliminate certain headcount to bring our costs in line with our forecasted demand. The restructuring costs associated with the 2014 Restructuring Plan

33


are recorded in the restructuring expense line item within our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. We incurred a significant portion of the estimated restructuring expenses related to the 2014 Restructuring Plan during 2014. We have incurred over $21.0 million of expenses related to the 2014 Restructuring Plan as of December 31, 2015 and anticipate incurring the remainder of the planned $25.0 million of the expenses related to the 2014 Restructuring Plan during the first half of 2016.

Operating Segments

We primarily operate through three business segments, Infrastructure Services, Field Services and Professional Services. Through our Infrastructure Services and Professional Services segments, we help wireless carriers and OEMs design, engineer, construct, deploy, integrate, maintain and decommission critical elements of wireless telecommunications networks. Through our Field Services segment, we install, upgrade and maintain satellite television systems for both residential and commercial customers.

Infrastructure Services. Our Infrastructure Services segment provides program management services of field projects necessary to deploy, upgrade, maintain or decommission wireless and wireline outdoor networks. We support wireless carriers in their implementation of critical technologies such as 4G-LTE, the addition of new macro cell sites and outdoor small cell sites, increases of capacity at their existing cell sites through additional spectrum allocations, as well as other optimization and maintenance activities at cell sites. Our Infrastructure Services segment is also positioned to assist with the future deployment of 5G networks that major carriers have announced plans to begin testing in 2016. When a network provider requests our services to build or modify a cell site, our Infrastructure Services segment is able to: (i) handle the required pre-construction leasing, zoning, permitting and entitlement activities for the acquisition of the cell site, (ii) prepare site designs, structural analysis and certified drawings, and (iii) manage the construction or modification of the site including tower-top and ground equipment installation. These services are managed by our wireless project and construction managers and are performed by a combination of scoping engineers, real estate specialists, ground crews, line and antenna crews and equipment technicians, either employed by us or retained by us as subcontractors.

 

Our Infrastructure Services segment also provides fiber and wireless backhaul services to carriers. Our fiber backhaul services, or Fiber to the Cell services, connect existing points in the fiber networks of wireline carriers to thousands of cell sites needing the bandwidth and ethernet capabilities for upgrading capacity. Our microwave backhaul services provide a turnkey solution offering site audit, site acquisition, microwave line of sight surveys, path design, installation, testing and activation services. This fiber and wireless backhaul work often involves planning, route engineering, right-of-way (for fiber work) and permitting, logistics, project management, construction inspection, and optical fiber splicing services. Backhaul work is performed to extend an existing optical fiber network, owned by a wireline carrier, typically between several hundred yards to a few miles, to the cell site.

Field Services. Our Field Services segment provides installation and maintenance services to DIRECTV, commercial customers and a provider of internet wireless service primarily to rural markets. We fulfilled over 1.5 million satellite television installations, upgrade or maintenance work orders during each of 2014 and 2015 for DIRECTV, representing 28.0% of DIRECTV’s outsourced work orders for residents of single-family homes for both years.  We were the second largest DIRECTV in-home installation provider in the United States for each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015. In addition to our residential MSA with DIRECTV, our MSA to install equipment for multi dwelling unit, or MDU, facilities was extended in 2015 through 2018. The MSA contains an automatic one-year renewal and may be terminated by either party upon a 180 days’ notice. In addition, on January 25, 2016, we signed a one-year agreement with AT&T Services to provide Digital Life installation and repair services in connection with our DIRECTV satellite television installation services. The contract renews annually but either party has the right to terminate the agreement upon 60 days’ notice.

Professional Services. Our Professional Services segment provides customers with highly technical services primarily related to the design, engineering, integration and performance optimization of transport, or “backhaul,” and core, or “central office,” equipment of enterprise and wireless carrier networks. When a network operator integrates a new element into its live network or performs a network-wide upgrade, a team of in-house engineers from our Professional Services segment can administer the complete network design, equipment compatibility assessments and configuration guidelines, the migration of data traffic onto the new or modified network and the network activation.

In addition, we provide services related to the engineering and installation of indoor small cell and DAS networks. Our enterprise small cell and DAS customers often require most or all of the services listed above and may also purchase consulting, post-deployment monitoring, performance optimization and maintenance services. Demand for DAS services declined in 2015 as DAS have largely been built out in existing structures, and we completed our large stadium DAS build in 2015. While we will continue to offer small cell and DAS services, we intend to focus our efforts to broaden our services with enterprise customers, where we believe there is more opportunity for growth.  

Other Services. The Other Services segment included our EE&C line of business and, until we disposed of the assets related to our MDU line of business, or the MDU Assets, to an affiliate of DIRECTV on December 31, 2013, our MDU line of business. In the first quarter of 2014, we integrated our EE&C line of business with our Infrastructure Services and Professional Services segments. As

34


a result of the disposition of the MDU Assets and the integration of our EE&C line of business, we no longer have an Other Services segment. We have not restated the corresponding items of segment information for the year ended December 31, 2013 because the employees that previously comprised the EE&C line of business immediately prior to such integration are now serving customers within the Infrastructure Services segment and the remaining operations of the Other Services segment that were reassigned to the Infrastructure Services, Professional Services or Field Services segments are not material to those segments individually.

Customers

We served over 150 customers in 2015 and the vast majority of our revenues are from subsidiaries of AT&T Inc., including AT&T Mobility, AT&T Services and DIRECTV. Our customer list includes several of the largest carriers and OEMs in the telecommunications industry. Revenues earned from customers other than subsidiaries of AT&T Inc. (including DIRECTV) were 19.0% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013, 12.8% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 10.7% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015. In July 2015, AT&T Inc. completed its previously announced acquisition by merger of DIRECTV, and DIRECTV became a subsidiary of AT&T Inc. With the consummation of the merger, our revenues have become more concentrated and dependent on our relationship with AT&T Inc., if our reputation or relationships with this key customer becomes impaired, we could lose future business with this customer, which could materially adversely affect our ability to generate revenue.

AT&T

Historically, we have provided site acquisition, construction, technology upgrades, Fiber to the Cell and maintenance services for AT&T, at cell sites in 11 of 31 distinct AT&T markets, or Turf Markets comprised of 11 states. In 2015, AT&T rebalanced certain markets where we were the primary vendor, but added 3 additional states where we are an approved vendor for a total of 14 states.  We historically have acted as either the sole, primary or secondary vendor, pursuant to the multi-year MSA that we have entered into with AT&T and have amended and replaced from time to time. We refer to our MSAs with AT&T related to its turf program collectively as the “Mobility Turf Contract.” Our original Mobility Turf Contract provided for a term expiring on November 30, 2015, and AT&T had the option to renew the contract on a yearly basis thereafter.

In 2014, we restructured our Mobility Turf Contract to consist of a general MSA with subordinate MSAs governing the services we provide thereunder. Effective January 14, 2014, we entered into the general MSA and a subordinate MSA governing site acquisition services, and on September 1, 2014, we entered into a subordinate MSA governing program management, project management, architecture and engineering, construction management and equipment installation services, or the Subordinate Construction MSA. The services governed by these subordinate MSAs were formerly provided pursuant to our previous Mobility Turf Contract MSA. The general MSA provides for a term expiring on August 31, 2016, and the Subordinate Construction MSA provides for a term expiring on August 31, 2017. AT&T has the option to renew both contracts on a yearly basis thereafter. Aside from extending the term of our Mobility Turf Contract, we do not anticipate that its restructuring will have a material effect on our results of operations.

During the second quarter of 2014, AT&T deferred certain capital expenditures with us. We began to see an impact to the volume of services provided to subsidiaries of AT&T Inc. during the same quarter, due to the deferral of these AT&T capital expenditures and we expected this impact to continue into 2015.  On November 7, 2014, AT&T announced that as a result of the substantial completion of the expansion of its 4G-LTE network, its capital expenditures would decrease in 2015, particularly with respect to its wireless infrastructure. Additionally, in 2015, AT&T reassigned certain of our Turf Markets to other vendors and, in an effort to diversify its supplier base, rebalanced the work assigned to us in certain other Turf Markets where we were the primary vendor to other vendors.  The deferrals, the announced reduction in AT&T’s 2015 capital expenditures and the Turf Market reassignment and rebalancing reduced our 2015 revenues compared to 2014. With the completion of the build out of AT&T’s 4G-LTE network having occurred in 2014, we do not anticipate that the wireless revenues for our Infrastructure Services business will return to 2014 levels in 2016.

DIRECTV

We began providing satellite television installation services with our 2013 acquisition of Multiband. Our relationship DIRECTV extends for over 18 years through the Multiband acquisition and is essential to the success of our Field Services segment’s operations. We have been named the HSP partner of the year for the both 2014 and 2015 fiscal years. We are one of three in-home installation providers that DIRECTV utilizes in the United States, and during each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, we performed 28.0% of all DIRECTV’s outsourced installation, upgrade and maintenance activities. Our contract with DIRECTV has a term expiring on October 15, 2018, and contains an automatic one-year renewal. The contract may also be terminated by 180 days’ notice by either party. Until December 31, 2013, we also provided customer support and billing services to certain of DIRECTV’s customers through our Other Services segment pursuant to a separate arrangement.  On January 25, 2016, we signed a one-year agreement with AT&T Services to provide Digital Life installation and repair services in connection with our satellite television installation services for DIRECTV. The contract renews annually but is terminable upon 60 days’ notice by either party.

35


Alcatel-Lucent

On July 15, 2014, we entered into a three-year MSA with Alcatel-Lucent, effective as of June 30, 2014, or the 2014 Alcatel-Lucent Contract. Pursuant to the 2014 Alcatel-Lucent Contract, we will provide, upon request, certain services, including deployment engineering, integration engineering, radio frequency engineering and other support services to Alcatel-Lucent that were formerly provided under the Alcatel-Lucent Contract. We have experienced a decline in the amount of legacy work that we have performed for Alcatel-Lucent and we expect this decline to continue, although with the announcement on January 4, 2016, of the Nokia and Alcatel-Lucent finalization of the merger of the two companies, we are also seeking to obtain work from Nokia on newer technologies. The 2014 Alcatel-Lucent Contract has an initial term ending June 30, 2017, after which the parties may mutually agree to extend the term on a yearly basis. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, we recognized $57.9 million, $42.6 million and $22.7 million of revenue related to the services provided to Alcatel-Lucent.

Sprint

In May 2012, we entered into an MSA with Sprint to provide decommissioning services for Sprint’s iDEN (push-to-talk) network. We are removing equipment from Sprint’s network that is no longer in use and restoring sites to their original condition. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 we recognized $34.0 million, $51.8 million and $17.5 million of revenue, respectively, related to the services we provide for Sprint. The Sprint Agreement has an initial term of five years, and automatically renews on a monthly basis thereafter unless notice of non-renewal is provided by either party. Through December 31, 2014, we completed iDEN decommissioning work of over 11,400 cell sites under the Sprint Agreement. During 2015, we started providing radio frequency engineering services to Sprint and on October 2, 2015, we received a project award to decommission Sprint’s WIMAX network for certain regions. We have established a strong performance record with Sprint and we are working to grow and evolve our relationship with Sprint in the future.

Enterprise Customers

We provide services to enterprise customers through our Professional Services segment. These service offerings consist of the design, installation and maintenance of DAS systems to customers such as Fortune 500 companies, hotels, hospitals, college campuses, airports and sports stadiums.

Key Components of Operating Results

The following is a discussion of key line items included in our financial statements for the periods presented below under the heading “Results of Operations.” We utilize revenues, gross profit, net income and earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, as significant performance indicators.

Revenues

Our revenues are generated primarily from projects performed under master service agreements, or MSAs, and other service agreements, which are generally multi-year agreements. The remainder of our work is generated pursuant to contracts for specific projects or jobs that require the construction or installation of an entire infrastructure system or specified units within an infrastructure system. Revenue from non-recurring, project specific work may experience greater variability than master service agreement work due to the need to replace the revenue as projects are completed. Our MSAs generally contain customer-specified service requirements, such as discrete pricing for individual tasks as well as various other terms depending on the nature of the services provided, and typically provide for termination upon short or no advance notice.

Our revenues fluctuate as a result of the timing of the completion of our projects and changes in the capital expenditure and maintenance budgets of our customers, which may be affected by overall economic conditions, consumer demands on telecommunications and satellite television providers, the introduction of new technologies, the physical maintenance needs of our customers’ infrastructure and the actions of the government, including the Federal Communications Commission and state agencies.

Our Infrastructure Services segment revenues are derived from project management, site acquisition, architecture and engineering, construction management, equipment installation and drive-testing verification services. The vast majority of the revenues we earn in our Infrastructure Services segment are from subsidiaries of AT&T Inc. and are primarily comprised of work performed under the Mobility Turf Contract. Substantially all of our revenues are earned under fixed-unit price contracts.

Our Field Services segment provides the installation and maintenance services to DIRECTV video programming systems for residents of single family homes through work order fulfillment under a MSA with DIRECTV.

36


Our Professional Services segment revenues are derived from wireless and wireline services through engineers who specialize in network architecture, transformation, reliability and performance. Our Professional Services segment revenues are primarily from the design and installation of DAS.

The following table presents our gross deferred revenue and deferred cost balances as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, which have been presented net on a project basis in the accompanying financial statements (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

2014

 

 

December  31, 2015

 

Deferred project revenue (gross)

$

(155,384

)

 

$

(35,906

)

Deferred project cost (gross)

 

200,478

 

 

 

50,905

 

Net deferred project cost

$

45,094

 

 

$

14,999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted projects

$

81,410

 

 

$

21,060

 

Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted projects

 

(36,316

)

 

 

(6,061

)

Net deferred project cost

$

45,094

 

 

$

14,999

 

Cost of Revenues

Our costs of revenues include the costs of providing services or completing the projects under our MSAs, including operations payroll and benefits, subcontractor costs, equipment rental, fuel, materials not provided by our customers and insurance. Profitability will be reduced or eliminated if actual costs to complete a project exceed original estimates on fixed-unit price projects under our MSAs. Estimated losses on projects under our MSAs are recognized immediately when estimated costs to complete a project exceed the expected revenue to be received for a project.

For our Infrastructure Services segment, cost of revenues consists primarily of operating expenses such as salaries and related headcount expenses, subcontractor expenses and cost of materials used in the projects. The majority of these costs have historically consisted of payments made to subcontractors hired to perform work for us, typically on a fixed-unit price basis tied to completion of the given project. During periods of increased demand, subcontractors may charge more for their services. In addition, we typically bill our customers for raw materials used in the performance of services plus a certain percentage of our costs. Additional costs to us that are not included in this billing primarily include storage and shipping of materials.

For our Field Services segment, cost of revenues consists primarily of salaries for technicians, fleet expenses, installation material costs used in the field projects and subcontractor expenses.

For our Professional Services segment, cost of revenues consists primarily of salaries and benefits paid to our employees. In addition to salaried employees, we hire a relatively small amount of temporary subcontractors to perform work within our Professional Services segment. An additional small percentage of cost of revenues includes materials and supplies.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of salaries and related headcount expenses, sales commissions and bonuses, professional fees, travel, facilities, communication expenses, depreciation and amortization and other corporate overhead. Corporate overhead costs include costs associated with corporate staff, corporate management, human resources, information technology, finance and other corporate support services.

Our selling, general and administrative expenses are not allocated to a reporting segment. For the year ended December 31, 2015, our selling, general and administrative expenses decreased as a result of our cost cutting initiatives through our 2014 Restructuring Plan.

37


Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

The following table sets forth information concerning our operating results by segment for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

Total Revenue

 

 

Amount

 

Total Revenue

 

 

Change ($)

 

 

Change (%)

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Infrastructure Services

$

837,982

 

 

69.9

%

 

$

391,796

 

 

54.0

%

 

$

(446,186

)

 

 

(53.2

)%

    Field Services

 

261,326

 

 

21.8

%

 

 

261,581

 

 

36.1

%

 

 

255

 

 

 

0.1

%

    Professional Services

 

99,880

 

 

8.3

%

 

 

71,679

 

 

9.9

%

 

 

(28,201

)

 

 

(28.2

)%

        Total revenues

 

1,199,188

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

725,056

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

(474,132

)

 

 

(39.5

)%

Cost of revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Infrastructure Services

 

707,616

 

 

59.0

%

 

 

359,603

 

 

49.6

%

 

 

(348,013

)

 

 

(49.2

)%

    Field Services

 

225,441

 

 

18.8

%

 

 

215,378

 

 

29.7

%

 

 

(10,063

)

 

 

(4.5

)%

    Professional Services

 

92,380

 

 

7.7

%

 

 

63,617

 

 

8.8

%

 

 

(28,763

)

 

 

(31.1

)%

        Total cost of revenues

 

1,025,437

 

 

85.5

%

 

 

638,598

 

 

88.1

%

 

 

(386,839

)

 

 

(37.7

)%

Gross profit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Infrastructure Services

 

130,366

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,193

 

 

 

 

 

 

(98,173

)

 

 

(75.3

)%

    Field Services

 

35,885

 

 

 

 

 

 

46,203

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,318

 

 

 

28.8

%

    Professional Services

 

7,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,062

 

 

 

 

 

 

562

 

 

 

7.5

%

    Other Services

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

n/a

 

        Total gross profit

 

173,751

 

 

 

 

 

 

86,458

 

 

 

 

 

 

(87,293

)

 

 

(50.2

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin as percent of segment revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Infrastructure Services

 

15.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

8.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Field Services

 

13.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

17.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Professional Services

 

7.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

11.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gross margin

 

14.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

11.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

122,792

 

 

10.2

%

 

 

92,993

 

 

12.8

%

 

 

(29,799

)

 

 

(24.3

)%

Restructuring expense

 

9,998

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

11,653

 

 

1.6

%

 

 

1,655

 

 

 

16.6

%

Impairment expense

 

3,254

 

 

0.3

%

 

 

3,336

 

 

0.5

%

 

 

82

 

 

 

2.5

%

Other operating (income) expense

 

(3,285

)

 

(0.3

)%

 

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

3,285

 

 

 

(100.0

)%

    Operating income (loss)

 

40,992

 

 

3.4

%

 

 

(21,524

)

 

(3.0

)%

 

 

(62,516

)

 

 

(152.5

)%

Other (income) loss

 

(71

)

 

(0.0

)%

 

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

(100.0

)%

Interest income

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

(169

)

 

(0.0

)%

 

 

(169

)

 

n/a

 

Interest expense

 

46,694

 

 

3.9

%

 

 

44,094

 

 

6.1

%

 

 

(2,600

)

 

 

(5.6

)%

Loss before income taxes

 

(5,631

)

 

(0.5

)%

 

 

(65,449

)

 

(9.0

)%

 

 

(59,818

)

 

 

1062.3

%

Income tax expense

 

9,293

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

1,052

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

(8,241

)

 

 

(88.7

)%

    Net loss from continuing operations

$

(14,924

)

 

(1.2

)%

 

$

(66,501

)

 

(9.2

)%

 

$

(51,577

)

 

 

345.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

We recognized total revenues of $725.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $1,199.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, representing a decrease of $474.1 million, or 39.5%. Our aggregate revenue from subsidiaries of AT&T Inc., other than DIRECTV, a majority of which was earned through our Infrastructure Services segment, was $388.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $797.5 million in the same period of 2014. A significant amount of our revenue decrease was due primarily to a decrease in the volume of services provided to subsidiaries of AT&T Inc. and the decline in volume of services provided to Sprint.

Revenues for the Infrastructure Services segment decreased by $446.2 million or 53.2% to $391.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $838.0 million in the same period of 2014.  The decrease was primarily due to the decrease in the volume of projects completed under the AT&T Mobility Turf Contract as a result of the Turf Market reassignment and rebalancing and AT&T’s reduced capital expenditures during 2015 and, to a lesser extent, project mix changes and reduced pricing under our AT&T Mobility Turf Contract.  During 2014, AT&T deferred certain capital expenditures with us by instructing us to cease work on a number of projects upon reaching the next milestone.  With the wind down of the accelerated deployment of 4G-LTE networks by our largest customers, the volume and favorability of the mix of our services has decreased as we have had fewer new site builds during the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 compared to the elevated volume experienced during  2014.

38


The Field Services revenues of $261.6 million increased $0.3 million or 0.1% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $261.3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014. The increase in the revenues is due to the increased volume in services provided under the DIRECTV contract. We expect continued growth through 2016 with the Field Services segment.  

Revenues for the Professional Services segment decreased $28.2 million, or 28.2%, to $71.7 million from $99.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.  This decrease was primarily due to the decreased volume of services provided to Alcatel-Lucent that are included within our Professional Services segment. Our aggregate revenue from Alcatel-Lucent for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $22.7 million compared to $42.6 million in the same period of 2014. Our AT&T small cell and DAS services volume also declined by $15.0 million compared to the same period in 2014.  Our decline in revenue was offset slightly by an increase in the volume of services provided to under the Verizon contract and an increase in volume related to the frequency spectrum, engineering and optimization projects provided Sprint.  While we expect our aggregate revenues from Alcatel-Lucent to continue to decline in 2016, we do, however, anticipate increased volume under other smaller contracts for engineering and DAS services.

Cost of Revenues

Our cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015 of $638.6 million decreased $386.8 million or 37.7% as compared to $1,025.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, and occurred during a period when revenues decreased 39.5% from the comparative period. Gross margin decreased to 11.9% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 from 14.5% from the same period in prior year.  The overall decrease was due primarily to the decline in the volume of work in the Infrastructure Services segment. Cost cutting initiatives related to the 2014 Restructuring Plan have continued throughout the twelve months ended December 31, 2015. Overall, cost of revenues declined slower than revenue as a result of the deferral in our cost cutting initiatives while waiting for further validation of customer build plans, which resulted in increased costs on completed projects recognized in the twelve months ended December 31, 2015. We also saw a change in the mix of our services and an increase in volume of cost plus labor and cost plus materials revenue during the twelve months ended December 31, 2015.

Cost of revenues for the Infrastructure Services segment decreased $348.0 million to $359.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $707.6 million for the same period of 2014.  Cost of revenues decreased at a slower rate than the decrease in revenues due to: (i) a change in the mix of our services to services with lower margins, (ii) the completion of suspended projects for AT&T only to the point of milestones with lower margins and (iii) the deferral in cost cutting initiatives.  During the year ended December 31, 2015, pursuant to the 2014 Restructuring Plan, headcount for the Infrastructure Services segment was reduced by over 56% from December 31, 2014 in an effort to bring costs more in line with projected demand.

Cost of revenues for the Field Services segment decreased $10.1 million to $215.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, compared to $225.4 million for the same period in 2014. The decrease in the cost of revenues was primarily due to: (i) a reduction in our expected expenses for workmen’s compensation claims, (ii) reduced technician churn rates,  (iii) reduced fleet expenses,  (iv) streamlined execution,  (v) re-engineering of the deployment model and  (vi) project mix with better margins.  Because of these changes the Field Services gross margin increased to 17.7% from 13.7% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014.

Cost of revenues for the Professional Services segment decreased $28.8 million to $63.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $92.4 million during 2014. The 31.1% decrease is primarily related to a 28.2% decline in revenues for the Professional Services segment compared to the same period in 2014. The Professional Services gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2015, has increased to 11.2% from 7.5% for the year ended December 31, 2014 as a result of the cost cutting initiatives implemented through the 2014 Restructuring Plan.  During the year ended December 31, 2015, pursuant to the 2014 Restructuring Plan, headcount for the Professional Services segment was reduced by over 30% from December 31, 2014 in an effort to bring costs more in line with projected demand.

39


Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 were $93.0 million as compared to $122.8 million for the same period of 2014, representing an overall decrease of $29.8 million, or 24.3%. The decrease during the period was primarily attributable to (i) a decrease of $26.6 million in employee related costs, (ii) a decrease of $6.2 million related to facilities and rental charges, (iii) a decrease of $3.5 million in travel and entertainment costs, and (iv) a decrease of $3.0 million in professional fees and related costs. These costs reductions were offset by the $9.5 million reduction in the fair value of the earn-out obligation related to the acquisition of CSG during the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 that did not recur during 2015.  During the year ended December 31, 2015, in connection with the 2014 Restructuring Plan, selling, general and administrative employee headcount was reduced by over 30% from December 31, 2014 in an effort to bring costs more in line with projected demand

Other Operating Income

We earned no other operating income for the year ended December 31, 2015.  The other operating income earned during the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily related to (i) successful negotiations with DIRECTV that enabled us to bill DIRECTV $1.2 million for services performed prior to the acquisition of Multiband, (ii) favorable settlement of $0.4 million related to litigation with a former executive of the Company, and (iii) a $1.5 million reduction in our estimate of the fair value of our guarantee of indebtedness with a related party. See “Off Balance Sheet Arrangements – Guarantee.”

Interest Expense

Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, was $43.9 million and $46.7 million, respectively. Interest expense in 2014 also included $76,000 of additional interest accrued as a penalty on the $100 million aggregate principal amount of our 12.125% senior secured notes due 2018 issued on June 13, 2013, or the tack-on notes, as a result of our delayed registration of the exchange offer for the tack-on notes.  Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 reflects the normalized interest anticipated for the duration of the Notes.

Income Tax Expense

As a result of the loss before taxes and a valuation allowance we recorded in 2015, income tax expense of $1.1 million and $9.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively and was comprised primarily of state income tax. Our effective income tax rate was (161.0)% and (162.0)% for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2015, remained relatively flat in comparison to the same period in 2014.

 

Restructuring and Impairment Expense

Management approved, committed to and initiated plans to restructure and further improve efficiencies in our operations, or the 2014 Restructuring Plan during the second quarter of 2014.  Restructuring expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $11.7 million, primarily related to the exit of certain locations and elimination of certain headcount to bring our costs in line with our forecasted demand. We anticipate annual cost savings of over $50.0 million as result of 2014 Restructure Plan. In connection with the integration of Multiband, we impaired $2.3 million of certain internally developed software assets no longer in use. Additionally, the Multiband headquarters building in Minnetonka, Minnesota was listed for sale in 2014.  The sale was completed in December of 2015. A total impairment charge of $1.0 million was recorded for the building and long term assets in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

 

40


Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

The following table sets forth information concerning our operating results by segment for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

Total Revenue

 

 

Amount

 

Total Revenue

 

 

Change ($)

 

 

Change (%)

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Professional Services

$

111,468

 

 

12.0

%

 

$

99,880

 

 

8.3

%

 

$

(11,588

)

 

 

(10.4

)%

    Infrastructure Services

 

715,518

 

 

76.8

%

 

 

837,982

 

 

69.9

%

 

 

122,464

 

 

 

17.1

%

    Field Services

 

88,240

 

 

9.5

%

 

 

261,326

 

 

21.8

%

 

 

173,086

 

 

 

196.2

%

    Other Services

 

16,519

 

 

1.7

%

 

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

(16,519

)

 

 

(100.0

)%

        Total revenues

 

931,745

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

1,199,188

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

267,443

 

 

 

28.7

%

Cost of revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Professional Services

 

91,597

 

 

9.8

%

 

 

92,380

 

 

7.7

%

 

 

783

 

 

 

0.9

%

    Infrastructure Services

 

622,438

 

 

66.8

%

 

 

707,616

 

 

59.0

%

 

 

85,178

 

 

 

13.7

%

    Field Services

 

77,899

 

 

8.4

%

 

 

225,441

 

 

18.8

%

 

 

147,542

 

 

 

189.4

%

    Other Services

 

14,175

 

 

1.5

%

 

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

(14,175

)

 

 

(100.0

)%

        Total cost of revenues

 

806,109

 

 

86.5

%

 

 

1,025,437

 

 

85.5

%

 

 

219,328

 

 

 

27.2

%

Gross profit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Professional Services

 

19,871

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,371

)

 

 

(62.3

)%

    Infrastructure Services

 

93,080

 

 

 

 

 

 

130,366

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,286

 

 

 

40.1

%

    Field Services

 

10,341

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,885

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,544

 

 

 

247.0

%

    Other Services

 

2,344

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,344

)

 

 

(100.0

)%

        Total gross profit

 

125,636

 

 

 

 

 

 

173,751

 

 

 

 

 

 

48,115

 

 

 

38.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin as percent of segment revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Professional Services

 

17.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

7.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Infrastructure Services

 

13.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

15.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Field Services

 

11.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

13.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Other Services

 

14.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total gross margin

 

13.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

14.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

121,106

 

 

13.0

%

 

 

122,792

 

 

10.2

%

 

 

1,686

 

 

 

1.4

%

Restructuring Expense

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

9,998

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

9,998

 

 

n/a

 

Impairment Expense

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

3,254

 

 

0.3

%

 

 

3,254

 

 

n/a

 

Other Operating (income) expense

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

(3,285

)

 

(0.3

)%

 

 

(3,285

)

 

n/a

 

    Operating income

 

4,530

 

 

0.5

%

 

 

40,992

 

 

3.4

%

 

 

36,462

 

 

 

804.9

%

Other (income) loss

 

(25

)

 

(0.0

)%

 

 

(71

)

 

(0.0

)%

 

 

(46

)

 

 

184.0

%

Interest expense, net

 

40,287

 

 

4.3

%

 

 

46,694

 

 

3.9

%

 

 

6,407

 

 

 

15.9

%

Loss before income taxes from continuing operations

 

(35,732

)

 

(3.8

)%

 

 

(5,631

)

 

(0.5

)%

 

 

30,101

 

 

 

(84.2

)%

Income tax expense

 

7,506

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

9,293

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

1,787

 

 

 

23.8

%

Net loss from continuing operations

$

(43,238

)

 

(4.6

)%

 

$

(14,924

)

 

(1.2

)%

 

$

28,314

 

 

 

(65.5

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

We recognized total revenues of $1,199.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $931.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, representing an increase of $267.5 million, or 28.7%. Our aggregate revenue from subsidiaries of AT&T Inc., a majority of which was earned through our Infrastructure Services segment, was $797.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $662.8 million in the same period of 2013. A significant amount of our revenue increase was due to increased volume of services provided to subsidiaries of AT&T Inc. and the inclusion of Field Services revenues for the full year of 2014. For the year end December 31, 2013, Multiband revenue was $104.8 million compared to $264.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.  

Revenues for the Professional Services segment decreased $11.6 million, or 10.4%, to $99.9 million from $111.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.  This decrease was primarily due to decreased volume of services provided to Alcatel-Lucent that are included within our Professional Services segment. Our aggregate revenue from Alcatel-Lucent for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $42.6 million compared to $57.9 million in the same period of 2013. The acquisition of CSG contributed revenues of $41.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $43.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, which are included in our Professional Services segment.

41


Revenues for the Infrastructure Services segment increased by $122.5 million or 17.1% to $838.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $715.5 million in the same period of 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the volume of site acquisition contract completions as well as the accelerated deployment of 4G-LTE networks by our largest customer. The adoption of an AT&T-sponsored Supplier Finance Program in May 2014 also contributed to the increase in our revenue as we no longer offered AT&T a one percent discount on each invoice.

The Field Services segment is comprised of operations acquired in the merger with Multiband and was therefore only included in the results beginning August 31, 2013. The Field Services segment contributed revenues of $261.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $88.2 million for the four months ended December 31, 2013.

Cost of Revenues

Our cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 of $1,025.4 million increased $219.3 million or 27.2%  as compared to $806.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, and occurred during a period when revenues increased 28.7% from the comparative period. Cost of revenues represented 85.5% and 86.5% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Cost of revenues for the Professional Services segment increased $0.8 million to $92.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $91.6 million during 2013. This increase is primarily related to a $5.8 million increase in cost of revenues from the operation of the assets acquired in the acquisition of CSG, which increased from $33.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 to $38.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, offset by decreases in cost of revenues related to the reduction of project workload under the Alcatel-Lucent Contract discussed above. The Professional services segment headcount also decreased by 16.4% as of December 31, 2014 compared to December 31, 2013, as a result of the 2014 Restructuring Plan as we continue to take steps to better align this segment with projected demand.

Cost of revenues for the Infrastructure Services segment increased $85.2 million to $707.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $622.4 million for the same period of 2013.  The majority of the increase was related to the $122.5 million increase in revenue for the Infrastructure Services segment compared to the same period of 2013. Infrastructure Services cost of revenue as a percentage of the segment  revenue decreased to 84.4% for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to 87.0% for the same period in 2013 as a result of the Company’s ability to eliminate or reduce cost during 2014 related to items that increased costs in 2013 and the first quarter of 2014 related to (i) tower crew shortages in all markets; (ii) schedule accelerations and recoveries; (iii) integration and ramp up expenses for our internal self-perform capability; and (iv) quality issues that we corrected in a few of our markets in 2013 which benefitted the 2014 results of operations. Additionally, headcount for the segment decreased by over 13% as a result of the 2014 Restructuring Plan as of December 31, 2014 compared to December 31, 2013.

The Field Services segment is comprised of operations acquired in the merger with Multiband and was therefore only included in our results beginning August 31, 2013. Cost of revenue for the Field Services segment was $225.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, which included a $5.6 million gain realized upon the return of leased vehicles. The headcount for the Field Services segment decreased by 13.2% of December 31, 2014 compared to December 31, 2013 as Management continued to integrate the Multiband operations and improve efficiencies in our operations through the 2014 Restructuring Plan. In 2015, management will continue to take steps to bring costs in line with forecasted demand.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $122.8 million as compared to $121.1 million for the same period of 2013, representing an overall increase of $1.7 million, or 1.4%. The increase during the period is primarily attributable to (i) an increase of $21.7 million in employee related costs and the inclusion of Multiband for the full year in 2014 compared to four months in 2013, and (ii) an increase in compensation expense recognized for outstanding share-based awards of $1.6 million, both of which were partially offset by (y) a $9.5 million reduction of the fair value of the earn-out obligation related to the acquisition of CSG and (z) a $11.4 million reduction in other miscellaneous expenses and professional services expenses primarily related to restatement related charges incurred in the second quarter of 2013 that did not recur in 2014. Selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 10.3% compared to 13.0% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The change in the fair value of the CSG earn-out decreased selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues by 0.8% for the year ended December 31, 2014.

42


Other Operating Income

Other operating income for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $3.3 million and $0.0 for the comparable period in 2013. The other operating income earned during the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily related to (i) successful negotiations with DIRECTV that enabled us to bill DIRECTV $1.2 million for services performed prior to the acquisition of Multiband, (ii) favorable settlement of $0.4 million related to litigation with a former executive of the Company, and (iii) a $1.5 million reduction in our estimate of the fair value of our guarantee of indebtedness with a related party. See “Off Balance Sheet Arrangements – Guarantee.” for further discussion.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, was $40.3 million and $46.7 million, respectively. This increase is primarily attributable to the interest related to the issuance of the tack-on notes on June 13, 2013 of $6.0 million. Interest expense in 2014 includes $76,000 of additional interest accrued as a penalty on the tack-on notes as a result of our delayed registration of the exchange offer for the tack-on notes. Interest expense related to the tack-on notes were only inclusive for the latter part of year of 2013 compared to a full year for 2014. We expect our interest expense in future periods to be at similar to our level of interest expense in 2014, which includes a full year of interest on the tack-on notes.

Income Tax Expense

As a result of the loss before taxes and a valuation allowance of $28.6 million recorded against our deferred tax assets, we recorded income tax expense of $9.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to the tax expense of $7.5 million for the same period of 2013. Our effective income tax rate was (162.0)% and (21.0)% for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate is due to the increased valuation allowance in 2014 compared to 2013 and adjustments required by the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740 as of December 31, 2014.

 

Restructuring Expense

Management approved, committed to and initiated plans to restructure and further improve efficiencies in our operations under the 2014 Restructuring Plan during the second quarter of 2014.  Restructure expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $10.0 million and primarily related to our closure of certain locations and the elimination of certain headcount in an effort to bring our costs in line with our forecasted demand. In conjunction with the 2014 Restructure Plan, the Multiband headquarters building in Minnetonka, Minnesota was listed for sale in 2014. An evaluation of the carrying value against the fair value of the building less costs that were expected to be incurred to complete the sale of the building was performed and concluded that the value of the building was impaired.  An impairment charge of $3.3 million was recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historically, our primary sources of liquidity have been borrowings under credit facilities and the proceeds of note offerings. In 2011, we completed a $225 million private offering of our 12.125% senior secured notes due 2018, or the notes. We used the proceeds of this debt offering to pay the balances remaining on notes payable to shareholders, to purchase a portion of our outstanding warrants and common stock, including all outstanding Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock, and to pay off our prior credit facility. In 2013, to fund the merger with Multiband, we issued $100 million aggregate principal amount of the tack-on notes through our wholly owned subsidiary.

Our primary sources of liquidity are currently cash flows from continuing operations, funds available under our credit facility, or the Credit Facility, with PNC Bank, National Association, or PNC Bank, and our cash balances. We had $39.8 million and $76.7 million of cash on hand at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Credit Facility permits us to borrow up to $50.0 million, subject to a borrowing base calculation and the compliance with certain covenants described below. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, our borrowing base under the Credit Facility was $22.5 million and $30.4 million, respectively. We had $22.5 million and $26.4 million of availability for additional borrowings under our Credit Facility as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, subject to compliance with certain covenants described below.

We anticipate that our future primary liquidity needs will be for working capital, debt service, including interest payments of $19.7 million on the notes each January 1 and July 1 until the notes mature in full on July 1, 2018, capital expenditures and any strategic acquisitions or investments that we make. We evaluate opportunities for strategic acquisitions and investments from time to time that may require cash and we may consider opportunities to either repurchase outstanding debt or repurchase outstanding shares of our common stock in the future. Such repurchases, if any, may be made through open market or privately negotiated transactions with third parties or pursuant to one or more tender or exchange offers or otherwise, upon such terms and at such prices as we may determine. Whether we effect any such repurchases will depend on a number of factors, including prevailing market conditions, our

43


liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and prospects for future access to capital.  We may also fund strategic acquisitions or investments with the proceeds from equity or debt issuances. We believe that, based on our cash balance, the availability we expect under the Credit Facility and our expected cash flow from operations, we will be able to meet all of our financial obligations for the next twelve months. Our expected level of operations is based upon the assumption that we will maintain or improve upon our volume of business from our 2015 fiscal year. Our ability to continue to pay the principal and interest on our long-term debt and to satisfy our other liabilities ultimately will be dependent upon establishing profitable operations and growing and diversifying our business.  In order to grow and diversify our business, we may need to raise additional capital, which may include a public or private financing or an amendment or replacement of our Credit Facility to increase our availability for additional borrowings. See Item 1A, Risk Factors—“If we do not obtain additional capital to fund our operations and obligations, our growth may be limited.”  If our business suffers a further significant decline, , it could affect our ability to make interest payments, which would trigger our debt financial covenants, cause us to not be in compliance with the covenants under the Indenture and the Credit Facility and may cause us to take actions describe under Item 1A, Risk Factors—“We may be unable to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the notes, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may be unsuccessful.”

Should we be unable to comply with the terms and conditions of the Credit Facility, we would be required to obtain modifications to the Credit Facility or another source of financing to continue to operate as we anticipate, and we may not be able to obtain any such modifications or find another source of financing on acceptable terms or at all.

Working Capital

We bill our Professional Services customers for a portion of our services in advance, and the remainder as the work is performed in accordance with the billing milestones contained in the contract. Revenues from the Professional Services segment are recognized on a completed performance method for our non-construction activities and on the completed contract method of accounting for construction projects.

Our Infrastructure Services revenues are primarily from fixed-unit price projects and are recognized under the completed contract method of accounting, and we bill for our services as we complete certain billing milestones contained in the contract. Our collection terms are generally one percent if paid in twenty days, net sixty days for AT&T. Our Mobility Turf Contract allows AT&T to retain 10% of the amount due, on a per site basis, until the job is completed. For certain customers, including AT&T, we maintain inventory to meet the requirements for materials under the contracts. Occasionally, certain customers pay us in advance for a portion of the materials we purchase for their projects, or allow us to pre-bill them for materials purchases up to specified amounts. Our agreements with material providers usually allow us to pay them within 45 days of delivery. Our agreements with subcontractors usually have terms of 60 days.

Our Field Services segment earns revenue through installations and maintenance services provided to DIRECTV. A large portion of the inventory for the Field Services segment is purchased from DIRECTV under 30-day payment terms. The Field Services segment is paid by DIRECTV for its services on a weekly basis approximately two weeks after the work is completed. The weekly payment received includes a reimbursement for certain inventory used during the installation process.

As of December 31, 2015, we had $7.8 million in working capital, defined as current assets less current liabilities, as compared to $59.0 million in working capital at December 31, 2014. During the second quarter of 2014, we began participating in an AT&T sponsored vendor finance program with Citibank, N.A., or Citibank, that is discussed under “Supplier Finance Program” below. This program has reduced our collection time on AT&T invoices and has significantly reduced the AT&T invoices subject to a one percent discount on invoices for early payment. In addition, we have reengineered our processes to improve our efforts to timely invoice our clients for services provided. With the implementation of the corporate restructuring and integration activities we are improving our efficiencies in our operations and working to further reduce costs and expenses. These efforts have assisted with stabilizing our cash on hand and reduced the difference between billings in excess of costs on uncompleted projects and costs in excess of billings on uncompleted projects.

Supplier Finance Program

On May 8, 2014, we entered into an AT&T-sponsored vendor finance program with Citibank that has the effect of reducing the collection cycle time on AT&T invoices. This program eliminates the one percent discount on each invoice offered to AT&T for payment within twenty days. We do, however, pay Citibank a discount fee of LIBOR (as defined) plus one percent per annum on the dollar amount of AT&T receivables sold to Citibank from the date of sale until the scheduled payment date of 60 days from acceptance of the invoice. This program has had a positive effect on working capital and our gross profit for the Infrastructure Services segment. Our election to move to this program does, however, cause AT&T receivables to be removed from the borrowing base calculation under the Credit Facility.

44


 

Cash Flow Analysis

The following table presents selected cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

(32,628

)

 

$

44,661

 

 

$

(28,573

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(111,965

)

 

 

(17,337

)

 

 

(1,209

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

83,041

 

 

 

(10,083

)

 

 

(7,107

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

 

-

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

18

 

Increase (Decrease) in cash

 

$

(61,552

)

 

$

17,264

 

 

$

(36,871

)

Operating Activities

Cash flow provided by or used in operations is primarily influenced by demand for our services, operating income and the type of services we provide, but can also be influenced by working capital needs such as the timing of customer billing, collection of receivables and the settlement of payables and other obligations. Working capital needs historically have been higher from April through October due to the seasonality of our business.

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $73.3 million to net cash used in operations of $28.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $44.7 million during the same period in 2014. This change was primarily attributable to the increase in net loss of $51.6 million, adjusted for non-cash items. These cash outflows were offset by the increase in our costs in excess of billings net of billings in excess of costs.

Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $77.3 million to $44.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to the same period in 2013. This change was primarily attributable to invoicing related to amounts included in our costs in excess of billings, collections on accounts receivable and the receipt of an income tax receivable of $13.0 million, partially offset by a decrease in accounts payable and an increase in interest paid of $11.7 million. The decrease in our accounts receivable was partially due to reduced payment terms per the vendor finance program from Citibank.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $16.1 million to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the same period in 2014 primarily related to activities for the construction of a DAS system which began in 2014 that we intend to lease the right to use to major carriers upon completion. The cash used in the acquisition of property, plant and equipment was offset by $3.5 million related to the sale of the Multiband headquarters building in Minnetonka, Minnesota during the fourth quarter of 2015.

Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $94.6 million to $17.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the same period in 2013 primarily related to our acquisition of CSG and Multiband in 2013. Net cash used in investing activities primarily consists of the construction of a DAS during 2014 that we intend to lease the right to use to major carriers upon completion.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities decreased by $3.0 million to $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. The change was driven primarily by lower payments on capital leases and the reduction in deferred financing costs from 2014, which were offset by the cancellation and settlement of a letter of credit that was issued as a guarantee of a related party’s line of credit. The Company’s financing activities consist primarily of payments on capital leases and debt issuance costs.

Net cash used in financing activities increased by $93.1 million to $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to the same period in 2013. The change was driven primarily by the issuance of the tack-on notes in connection with the acquisition of Multiband in 2013. The Company’s financing activities consist primarily of payments on capital leases and debt issuance costs.

45


Credit Facility

In June 2011, we entered into the Credit Facility, which provides for a five-year revolving facility that is secured by (i) a first lien on our accounts receivable, inventory, related contracts and other rights and other assets related to the foregoing and proceeds thereof and (ii) a second lien on 100% of the capital stock of all of our existing and future material U.S. subsidiaries and non-voting stock of our future material non-U.S. subsidiaries and 66% of the capital stock of all our future material non-U.S. subsidiaries. The Credit Facility has a maturity date of June 2016, and a maximum available borrowing capacity of $50.0 million subject to borrowing base determinations and certain other restrictions. Amounts due under the Credit Facility may be repaid and re-borrowed prior to the maturity date.

At our election, borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at variable rates based on (i) the base rate of PNC Bank plus a margin of between 1.50% and 2.00% (depending on certain financial thresholds) or (ii) London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus a margin of between 2.50% and 3.00% (depending on certain financial thresholds). The Credit Facility also provides for an unused facility fee of 0.375%.

The Credit Facility contains financial covenants that require that we not permit our annual capital expenditures to exceed $20.0 million (plus any permitted carry over). We are also required to comply with additional financial covenants upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event, as defined in the Credit Facility.

Additionally, the Credit Facility contains a number of customary affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict our ability to divest our assets; incur additional indebtedness; create liens against our assets; enter into certain mergers, joint ventures, and consolidations or transfer all or substantially all of our assets; make certain investments and acquisitions; prepay certain indebtedness; make certain restricted payments; pay dividends; engage in transactions with affiliates; create subsidiaries; amend our constituent documents and material agreements in a manner that materially adversely affects the interests of the lenders; and change our business.

The Credit Facility also contains customary events of default, including, without limitation: nonpayment of principal, interest, fees, and other amounts; material inaccuracy of a representation or warranty when made or deemed made; violations of covenants; judgments and cross-default to indebtedness in excess of specified amounts; bankruptcy or insolvency events; certain U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, events; termination of, or the occurrence of a material default under, material contracts; occurrence of a material adverse effect; and change of control.

The borrowings available under the Credit Facility are subject to fluctuations in the calculation of a borrowing base, which is based on the value of our eligible accounts receivable and up to $10.0 million of eligible inventory. To facilitate the AT&T-sponsored vendor finance program, on May 8, 2014, we amended the Credit Facility to remove the AT&T receivables as collateral thereunder. Our receivables with AT&T therefore no longer contribute to our borrowing base under the Credit Facility. While the maximum commitment on the Credit Facility remains at $50.0 million, we expect the net availability thereunder to decline compared to historical levels as a result of the elimination of the AT&T receivables from the borrowing base calculation.

As of December 31, 2014, we had no outstanding borrowings on the Credit Facility and had a borrowing base of $30.4 million, of which $26.4 million was available, net of $4.0 million of an outstanding letter of credit. On December 31, 2015, the Company’s borrowing base and availability for additional borrowings under the Credit Facility was $22.5 million.  In 2011, we issued a $4.0 million letter of credit as a credit enhancement for a new letter of intent. Such letter of credit was issued in connection with a guarantee of indebtedness of a related party for proposed transaction and was originally due to expire in July 2012 and prior to expiration has been amended in July 2013 and July 2014 to extend the expiration by one year. On January 16, 2015, the letter of credit was cancelled and settled in full by our payment of the outstanding $4.0 million. As such, we no longer maintain any exposure related to the letter of credit for the related party.

12.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2018

On June 23, 2011, we issued $225.0 million of notes with a discount of $3.9 million, or the original notes. The notes carry a stated interest rate of 12.125%, and the Original Notes have an effective rate of 12.50%.  Interest is payable semi-annually each January 1 and July 1and the notes have a maturity date of July 1, 2018. The notes are secured by: (i) a first-priority lien on substantially all of our existing and future domestic plant, property, assets and equipment including tangible and intangible assets, other than the assets that secure the Credit Facility on a first-priority basis, (ii) a first-priority lien on 100% of the capital stock of our existing and future material U.S. subsidiaries and non-voting stock of our existing and future material non-U.S. subsidiaries and 66% of all voting stock of our existing and future material non-U.S. subsidiaries and (iii) a second-priority lien on our accounts receivable, unbilled revenue on completed contracts and inventory that secure the Credit Facility on a first-priority basis, subject, in each case, to certain exceptions and permitted liens.

46


The notes: (i) are general senior secured obligations; (ii) are guaranteed by our existing and future wholly owned material domestic subsidiaries; (iii) rank pari passu in right of payment with all of our existing and future indebtedness that is not subordinated; (iv) are senior in right of payment to any of our existing and future subordinated indebtedness; (v) are structurally subordinated to any existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of our non-guarantor subsidiaries; and (vi) are effectively junior to all obligations under the Credit Facility to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the Credit Facility on a first priority basis.

On or after July 1, 2015, we may redeem some or all of the notes at a premium that will decrease over time plus accrued and unpaid interest.

If we undergo a change of control, as defined in the Indenture, we will be required to make an offer to each holder of the notes to repurchase all or a portion of its notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest penalty, if any, to the date of repurchase.

If we sell certain assets or experience certain casualty events and do not use the net proceeds as required, we will be required to use such net proceeds to repurchase the notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of repurchase.

We entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the original notes pursuant to which we agreed to register with the SEC and effect an offering of “exchange notes” with the SEC with terms substantially identical to the original notes. As a result of delays in the registration process we incurred $1.3 million and $2.2 million of “additional interest” as a penalty under the registration rights agreement for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, on the original notes. All additional interest on the original notes ceased to accrue on December 23, 2013, when the registration statement for the exchange of the original notes was declared effective and we launched the exchange offer.

On April 30, 2013, we submitted to Depository Trust Company a Consent Letter dated April 30, 2013, or the Consent Letter, in order to solicit consents from the holders of the original notes to (i) raise approximately $100 million of additional indebtedness, secured on a parity lien basis with the original notes, which were to fund the purchase price of the merger with Multiband, notwithstanding the requirement set forth in the Indenture that we meet certain Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and Total Leverage Ratio tests, (ii) adjust the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” under the Indenture to permit certain add-backs that are unrelated to our business operations and (iii) reduce the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio that we are required to meet to consummate certain transactions from a ratio of 2.50 to 1.00 to a ratio of 2.00 to 1.00, or collectively the Indenture Amendments.

On May 6, 2013, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, we received consent from holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then tack-on notes with respect to the Indenture Amendments. Promptly thereafter, we executed and delivered the First Supplemental Indenture and the First Amendment to Inter-creditor Agreement, which became operative upon our payment of the consent fee of $5.1 million, pursuant to the Consent Letter, in connection with the merger with Multiband.

On May 30, 2013, Goodman Networks and GNET Escrow Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of Goodman Networks, or the Stage I Issuer, entered into a purchase agreement with Jefferies LLC, in connection with the offering of $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Stage I Issuer’s 12.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2018, or the Stage I Notes. The Stage I Notes were offered at 105% of their principal amount for an effective interest rate of 10.81%. The estimated gross proceeds of approximately $105.0 million, which includes an approximate $5.0 million of issuance premium, were used, together with cash contributions from Goodman Networks, to finance the merger with Multiband and to pay related fees and expenses. Upon completion of the merger with Multiband, the Company redeemed the Stage I Notes in exchange for the issuance of an equivalent amount of our notes, or the tack-on notes, as a “tack-on” under and pursuant to the Indenture under which the Company previously issued the original notes.

We entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the tack-on notes. Under the terms thereof, we agreed to file an initial registration statement with the SEC by November 29, 2013, to become effective not later than February 26, 2014, providing for registration of “exchange notes” with terms substantially identical to the tack-on notes. As a result of delays in the registration process, we incurred $22,000 and $0.1 million of “additional interest” as a penalty under the registration rights agreement for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, on the tack-on notes. All additional interest on the tack-on notes ceased to accrue on June 6, 2014, when the registration statement for the exchange of the tack-on notes was declared effective and we launched the exchange offer.

47


Material Covenants under our Indenture and Credit Facility

We are subject to certain incurrence and maintenance covenants under the Indenture and the Credit Facility, as described below.

 

 

 

Applicable Test

Applicable Ratio

 

Indenture

 

Credit Facility

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

 

At least 2.00 to 1.00

 

At least 1.25 to 1.00

Leverage Ratio

 

No more than 2.50 to 1.00

 

No more than:
5.00 to 1.00

Definitions

Under the Indenture, “Consolidated EBITDA”, “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” and “Total Leverage Ratio” are defined as follows:

“Consolidated EBITDA” means EBITDA, as adjusted to eliminate the impact of certain items, including: (i) share-based compensation (non-cash portion); (ii) certain professional and consulting fees identified in the Indenture; (iii) severance expense (paid to certain senior level employees); (iv) amortization of debt issuance costs; (v) restatement fees and expenses; (vi) a tax gross-up payment made to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer to cover the his tax obligation for an award of common stock; (vii) certain restructuring redundancies or severance losses; (vii) impairment charges recognized on our long-lived assets; and (ix) fees and expenses related to the issuance of equity permitted under the Indenture.

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA to (b) the Fixed Charges (as defined in the Indenture) for the applicable period.

“Total Leverage Ratio” means the ratio of (a) total indebtedness of the Company to (b) the Company’s Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters.

Under the Credit Facility, “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” and “Leverage Ratio” are defined as follows:

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of (a) EBITDA plus fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Recapitalization minus unfinanced capital expenditures made during such period but only to the extent made after the occurrence of the most recent Triggering Event; to (b) all senior debt payments made during such period plus cash taxes paid during such period plus all cash dividends paid during such period, but only to the extent paid after the occurrence of the most recent Triggering Event. We are not required to comply with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio until the occurrence of a Triggering Event that is continuing.

“Leverage Ratio” means the ratio of (a) funded debt of the Company to (b) EBITDA for the trailing twelve months ending as of the last day of such fiscal period. We are not required to comply with the Leverage Ratio until the occurrence of a Triggering Event that is continuing.

Consolidated EBITDA and the related ratios described above are not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and are presented below for the purpose of demonstrating compliance with our debt covenants.

Applicability of Covenants

As described in more detail below, compliance with such ratios is only required upon the incurrence of debt or the making of a restricted payment, as applicable. If we are permitted to incur any debt or make any restricted payment under the Indenture, we will be permitted to incur such debt or make such restricted payment under the Credit Facility.

Under the Indenture, if we do not meet a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00, we may not consummate any of the following transactions:

 

·

Restricted payments, including the payment of dividends (other than the enumerated permitted payment categories);  

 

·

Mergers, acquisitions, consolidations, or sale of all assets, consolidations (other than sales, assignments, transfers, conveyances, leases, or other dispositions of assets between or among the Company and the guarantors);  

 

·

Incurrence of additional indebtedness (other than the enumerated permitted debt categories); or  

 

·

Issuance of preferred stock (other than pay-in-kind preferred stock);  

48


Additionally, the Credit Facility prohibits each of such payments if they are prohibited by the Indenture.

Under the terms of the Indenture, we are required to meet certain ratio tests giving effect to anticipated transactions, including borrowing debt and making restricted payments prior to entering these transactions. Under the Indenture, these ratio tests include a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00 (which ratio was 0.15 to 1.00 at December 31, 2015) and a Total Leverage Ratio not greater than 2.50 to 1.00 (which ratio was 55.80 to 1.00 at December 31, 2015). Excluding the merger with Multiband, with respect to which holders of the notes waived compliance with both ratios pursuant to the Consent Letter, we have not entered into any transaction that requires us to meet these tests as of December 31, 2015. Had we been required to meet these ratio tests as of December 31, 2015, we would not have met the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or the Total Leverage Ratio.

Under the terms of the Credit Facility, we must maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio equal to at least 1.25 to 1.00 (which ratio was 0.20 to 1.00 at December 31, 2015) and a Leverage Ratio no greater than 5.00 to 1.00 (which ratio was 34.62 to 1.00 at December 31, 2015) during such time as a Triggering Event is continuing. Prior to August 12, 2015, a “Triggering Event” was defined to occur when our undrawn availability (measured as of the last date of each month) on the Credit Facility had failed to equal at least $10.0 million for two consecutive months and continued until undrawn availability equaled $20.0 million for at least three consecutive months. As of August 12, 2015, we executed the Sixth Amendment to the agreement governing the Credit Facility (the “Amendment”) which amended the definition of a “Triggering Event” and the calculation methodology used to determine our minimum undrawn availability. Pursuant to the Amendment, our minimum undrawn availability is still measured as of the last day of each month, but such amount changed from a fixed amount of $10.0 million to the lesser of $10.0 million and 25% of our available collateral securing the Credit Facility. The Amendment also modified the minimum amount of availability required to end a Triggering Event from a fixed $20.0 million to the lesser of $20.0 million or 50% of the Company’s available collateral. We are only required to maintain such ratios at such time that a Triggering Event is in existence. Failure to comply with such ratios during the existence of a Triggering Event constitutes an Event of Default (as defined therein) under the Credit Facility. Had we been required to meet these ratio tests as of December 31, 2015, we would not have met the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or the Leverage Ratio.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

EBITDA represents net income before income tax expense, interest, depreciation and amortization. We present EBITDA because we consider it to be an important supplemental measure of our operating performance and we believe that such information will be used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of high yield issuers, many of which present EBITDA when reporting their results. We consider EBITDA to be an operating performance measure, and not a liquidity measure, that provides a measure of operating results unaffected by differences in capital structures, capital investment cycles and ages of related assets among otherwise comparable companies.

We also present Consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the Indenture, because certain covenants in the Indenture that affect our ability to incur additional indebtedness as well as to enter into certain other transactions are calculated based on Consolidated EBITDA. Consolidated EBITDA adjusts EBITDA to eliminate the impact of certain items, including: (i) share-based compensation (non-cash portion); (ii) certain professional and consultant fees identified in the Indenture; (iii) severance expense (paid to certain senior level employees); (iv) amortization of debt issuance costs; (v) restatement fees and expenses; (vi) a tax gross-up payment made to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer to cover his tax obligation for an award of common stock; (vii) transaction fees and expenses related to acquisitions; (viii) certain restructuring fees and expenses; (ix) impairment charges recognized on our long-lived assets; and (ix) fees and expenses related to the issuance of equity permitted under the Indenture.

49


Because EBITDA and Consolidated EBITDA are not recognized measurements under U.S. GAAP, they have limitations as analytical tools. As a result of these limitations, when analyzing our operating performance, investors should use EBITDA and Consolidated EBITDA in addition to, and not as an alternative for, net income, operating income or any other performance measure presented in accordance with GAAP. Similarly, investors should not use EBITDA or Consolidated EBITDA as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities or as a measure of our liquidity. The following table reconciles our net income to EBITDA and EBITDA to Consolidated EBITDA (in thousands):

 

 

Year  Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA and Consolidated EBITDA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(43,238

)

 

$

(14,924

)

$

(66,501

)

Income tax expense

 

 

7,506

 

 

 

9,293

 

 

1,052

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

40,287

 

 

 

46,694

 

 

43,925

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

9,758

 

 

 

11,499

 

 

10,556

 

EBITDA from continuing operations

 

 

14,313

 

 

 

52,562

 

 

(10,968

)

Share-based compensation (a)

 

 

4,507

 

 

 

6,043

 

 

5,458

 

Restructuring expense (b)

 

 

-

 

 

 

9,998

 

 

11,653

 

Amortization of debt issuance costs (c)

 

 

(1,990

)

 

 

(3,482

)

 

(3,594

)

Restatement fees and expenses (d)

 

 

3,382

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Asset impairments (e)

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,254

 

 

3,336

 

Equity issuance costs (f)

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,360

 

 

-

 

Acquisition related transaction expenses (g)

 

 

5,546

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Consolidated EBITDA

 

$

25,758

 

 

$

69,735

 

$

5,885

 

 

(a)

Represents non-cash expense related to equity-based compensation.

(b)

Represents restructuring cost related to the 2014 Restructuring Plan.

(c)

Amortization of debt issuance costs is included in interest expense but excluded in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA per the Indenture.

(d)

Represents accounting advisory and audit fees incurred in preparing our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012, on the completed contract method and modifying our business processes to account for construction projects under the completed contract method going forward.

(e)   Represents impairment charges on long-lived assets related to the Multiband building sale and discontinuance of internally      developed software, presented within the consolidated balance sheet and the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

(f)

Represents cost expensed during the year ended December 31, 2014 related to the potential offering of shares of our common stock pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 in 2014.

(g)

Represents fees and expenses incurred relating to our business acquisitions for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Contractual Payment Obligations

As of December 31, 2015, our future contractual obligations were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Total

 

 

2016

 

 

2017

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

2020

 

 

Thereafter

 

Long-term debt obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior notes payable (1)

 

$

443,218

 

 

$

39,406

 

 

$

39,406

 

 

$

364,406

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Operating lease obligations

 

 

38,882

 

 

 

18,884

 

 

 

3,418

 

 

 

2,634

 

 

 

1,478

 

 

 

291

 

 

 

12,177

 

Capital lease obligations

 

 

1,247

 

 

 

864

 

 

 

347

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total contractual commitments

 

$

483,347

 

 

$

59,154

 

 

$

43,171

 

 

$

367,076

 

 

$

1,478

 

 

$

291

 

 

$

12,177

 

(1)

The amounts due presented in the table above include interest obligations related to long-term debt.

50


Capital Expenditures

We estimate that we will spend approximately $5.0 million in 2016 on capital expenditures. As of December 31, 2014 we estimated we would spend $14.4 million on capital expenditures during 2015. Upon further assessment, however, we reduced our planned expenditures and spent $4.9 million on capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have entered into certain off-balance sheet arrangements in the ordinary course of business that result in risks not directly reflected in our balance sheets. Our significant off-balance sheet transactions include liabilities associated with non-cancellable operating leases, letter of credit obligations, and performance and payment bonds entered into in the normal course of business. We have not engaged in any off-balance sheet financing arrangements through special purpose entities.

Leases

We enter into non-cancellable operating leases for certain of our facility, vehicle and equipment needs. These leases allow us to conserve cash by paying a monthly lease rental fee for use of facilities, vehicles and equipment rather than purchasing them. We may decide to cancel or terminate a lease before the end of its term, in which case we are typically liable to the lessor for the remaining lease payments under the term of the lease.

Guarantees

In October 2011, we issued a letter of credit as a guarantee of a related party’s line of credit. The maximum that could have been drawn on the line of credit was $4.0 million.  Our exposure with respect to the letter of credit was supported by a reimbursement agreement from the related party, secured by a pledge of assets and stock of the related party. A liability in the amount of $4.0 million was recorded within other operating expense and accrued liabilities in our consolidated financial statements.

On January, 16, 2015, the letter of credit was cancelled and settled in full by our payment of the outstanding $4.0 million. As such, the liability related to the guarantee was released on the respective date and we no longer maintain any exposure related to the letter of credit for the related party.  

Other Guarantees

We generally indemnify our customers for the services we provide under our contracts, as well as other specified liabilities, which may subject us to indemnity claims, liabilities and related litigation. As of December 31, 2015, we were not aware of any asserted claims for material amounts in connection with these indemnity obligations.

Seasonality

Historically we have experienced seasonal variations in our business, primarily due to the capital planning cycles of certain of our customers. Generally, AT&T’s initial annual capital plans are not finalized to the project level until sometime during the first three months of the year, resulting in reduced capital spending in the first quarter relative to the rest of the year. This results in a significant portion of contracts related to our Infrastructure Services segment being completed during the fourth quarter of each year. Because we have adopted the completed contract method, we do not recognize revenue or expenses on contracts until we have substantially completed the contract. Accordingly, the recognition of revenue and expenses on contracts that span quarters may also cause our reported results of operations to experience significant fluctuations.

Our Field Services segment’s results of operations may also fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. We typically generate more revenues in our Field Services segment during the third quarter of each year due to favorable weather conditions and DIRECTV’s sports promotional efforts. Because a significant portion of the Field Services segment’s expenses are relatively fixed, a variation in the number of customer engagements or the timing of the initiation or completion of those engagements can cause significant fluctuations in operating results from quarter to quarter.

As a result, we have historically experienced, and may continue to experience significant differences in results of operations from quarter to quarter. As a result of these seasonal variations and our methodology for the recognition of revenue and expenses on projects, comparisons of operating measures between quarters may not be as meaningful as comparisons between longer reporting periods.

51


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires our management to use judgment in the application of accounting policies, including making estimates and assumptions. We base estimates on our experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. If our judgment or interpretation of the facts and circumstances relating to various transactions or other matters had been different, it is possible that different accounting would have been applied, resulting in a different presentation of our consolidated financial statements. From time to time, we re-evaluate our estimates and assumptions. In the event estimates or assumptions prove to be different from actual results, adjustments are made in subsequent periods to reflect more current estimates and assumptions about matters that are inherently uncertain. For a more detailed discussion of our significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

Below is a discussion of accounting policies that we consider critical in that they may require complex judgment in their application or require estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain.

Revenue Recognition

We enter into contracts that require the construction and/or installation of specific units within a network system. Revenue from construction and installation contracts in our Infrastructure Services segment is recorded using the completed contract method of accounting in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 605, Revenue Recognition. While percentage of completion is generally the preferred method of accounting for construction contracts, we concluded that the completed contract method of accounting would be a more appropriate and reliable method under which to recognize revenue from our construction contracts given our current processes and systems. Under the completed contract method, revenues and costs from construction and installation projects are recognized only upon substantial completion of the project. Direct costs typically include direct materials, labor and subcontractor costs, and indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools and repairs. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are recognized when it has been determined that a loss is probable.

We also enter into contracts to provide engineering and integration services related to network architecture, transformation, reliability and performance. Revenues from service contracts are generally recognized as the services are completed under the completed performance method, whereby costs are deferred until the related revenues are recognized. Services are generally performed under master or other services agreements and are billed on a contractually agreed price per unit on a work order basis.

Revenues for projects based on time and materials are recognized as labor and material costs are incurred. Revenues from other incidental services are recognized as the service is performed.

The Field Services segment provides installation services to pay television (satellite and broadband cable) providers, Internet providers and commercial customers. The related revenues are recognized when services have been completed.

We intend to continually evaluate the application of the completed contract method of accounting, and in the future we may change our accounting method back to the percentage of completion method for some of our construction contracts. Items that would be considered in our analysis concerning the applicability of the completed contract method of accounting would include: (i) our assessment of the improvements we are currently working on related to our internal controls surrounding our ability to estimate project costs and related profit margins; and (ii) new or emerging accounting standards that we may be required to adopt that could potentially impact how we are required to account for our long-term construction projects.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives

Goodwill represents the amount of the purchase price in excess of the fair values assigned to the underlying identifiable net assets of acquired businesses.  Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to an annual impairment test at the reporting unit level or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would indicate that a triggering event.  A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment.  The reporting units are not the equivalent to the reportable segments as we have five reporting units and three reportable segments.  All of our reportable segments have goodwill assigned.

We test goodwill for impairment annually, as of October 1 of each year, or more frequently if circumstances suggest that impairment may exist.  During each quarter, we perform a review of certain key components of the valuation of the reporting units, including the operating performance of the reporting units compared to plan (which is the primary basis for the prospective financial information included in the annual goodwill impairment test) and the weighted average cost of capital.

To determine whether goodwill is impaired, a multi-step impairment test is performed.  We perform a qualitative assessment of each reporting unit to determine whether facts and circumstances support a determination that their fair values are greater than their

52


carrying values.  If the qualitative analysis is not conclusive, or if we elect to proceed directly with quantitative testing, we will measure the fair values of the reporting units and compare them to their carrying values, including goodwill.  If the fair value is less than the carrying value of the reporting unit, the second step of the impairment test is performed for the purposes of measuring the impairment.  In this step, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit to determine an implied goodwill value.  This allocation is similar to a purchase price allocation performed in purchase accounting.  If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied goodwill value, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

We estimate the fair values of the reporting units using discounted cash flows, which include assumptions about a wide variety of internal and external factors.  Significant assumptions used in the impairment analysis include financial projections of cash flow (including significant assumptions about operations and target capital requirements), long term growth rates for determining terminal value, and discount rates.  Forecasts and long term growth rates used for the reporting units are consistent with, and use inputs from, the internal long term business plan and strategy.  During the forecasting process, we assesse revenue trends, operating cost levels and target capital levels.  A range of discount rates that correspond to a market based weighted average cost of capital are used.  Discount rates are determined for each reporting unit based on the implied risk inherent in their forecasts.  This risk is evaluated using comparisons to market information such as peer company weighted average costs of capital and peer company stock prices in the form of revenue and earnings multiples.  The most significant estimates in the discount rate determinations include the risk free rates and equity risk premium.  Company specific adjustments to discount rates are subjective and thus are difficult to measure with certainty.

Although we believe that the financial projections used are reasonable and appropriate, the use of different assumptions and estimates could materially impact the analysis and resulting conclusions.  In addition, due to the long term nature of the forecasts there is significant uncertainty inherent in those projections.  The passage of time and the availability of additional information regarding areas of uncertainty in regards to the reporting units' operations could cause these assumptions used in the analysis to change materially in the future.  If the assumptions differ from actual, the estimates underlying the goodwill impairment tests could be adversely affected.  See Note 5 - Goodwill and Intangibles for further discussion.

Share-Based Compensation

We account for share-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. Share-based awards to be settled in our equity are valued at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model based on certain assumptions, including risk-free interest rates, expected life, volatility and dividends. We estimate the expected volatility of the price of our underlying stock based on the expected volatilities of similar entities with publicly-traded securities. Currently there is no active market for our common shares and therefore we have identified several similar publicly held entities to use as a benchmark. The volatility was estimated using the median volatility of the guideline companies which are representative of our Company’s size and industry based upon daily stock price fluctuations. Compensation expense equal to fair value at the date of grant is recognized in compensation cost over the vesting period of the awards.

Income Taxes

We apply the asset and liability method in accounting and reporting for income taxes. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when these differences are expected to reverse. The deferred income tax assets are adjusted by a valuation allowance, if necessary, to recognize future tax benefits only to the extent, based on available evidence, that it is more likely than not such benefits will be realized. We recognize income tax related interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense.

We accrue liabilities for identified tax contingencies that result from positions that are being challenged or could be challenged by tax authorities. We believe that our accrual for tax liabilities is adequate for all open years, based on our assessment of many factors, including our interpretations of the tax law and judgments about potential actions by tax authorities. However, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of any tax audit may be materially greater or lower than the amount accrued.

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets

We review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be realizable. If an evaluation is required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset are compared to the asset’s carrying amount to determine if an impairment of such asset is necessary. This requires us to make long-term forecasts of the future revenues and costs related to the assets subject to review. Forecasts require assumptions about demand for our products and future market conditions. Estimating future cash flows requires significant judgment, and our projections may vary from the cash flows eventually realized. Future events and unanticipated changes to assumptions could require a provision for impairment in a future period. The effect of any impairment would be to expense the difference between the fair value of such asset and its carrying value. In

53


addition, we estimate the useful lives of our long-lived assets and periodically review these estimates to determine whether these lives are appropriate.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Our primary exposure to market risk relates to unfavorable changes in concentration of credit risk and interest rates.

Credit Risk

We are subject to concentrations of credit risk related primarily to our cash and cash equivalents and our accounts receivable, including amounts related to costs in excess of billings on uncompleted projects. Substantially all of our cash investments are managed by what we believe to be high credit quality financial institutions. In accordance with our investment policies, these institutions are authorized to invest this cash in a diversified portfolio of what we believe to be high-quality investments, which primarily include short-term dollar denominated bank deposits to provide Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation backing of the deposits. We do not currently believe the principal amounts of these investments are subject to any material risk of loss. In addition, as we grant credit under normal payment terms, generally without collateral, we are subject to potential credit risk related to our customers’ ability to pay for services provided. This risk may be heightened as a result of the depressed economic and financial market conditions that have existed in recent years. However, we believe the concentration of credit risk related to trade accounts receivable and costs in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts is limited because of the financial strength of our customers. We perform ongoing credit risk assessments of our customers and financial institutions.

Interest Rate Risk

The interest on outstanding balances under our Credit Facility accrues at variable rates based, at our option, on the agent bank’s base rate (as defined in the Credit Facility) plus a margin of between 1.50% and 2.00%, or at LIBOR (not subject to a floor) plus a margin of between 2.50% and 3.00%, depending on certain financial thresholds. We had no outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facility as of December 31, 2015. Our notes payable balance at December 31, 2015 is comprised of our notes due in 2018, which bear a fixed rate of interest of 12.125%. Due to the fixed rate of interest on the notes, changes in interest rates would not have an impact on the related interest expense.

 

 

 

54


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

55


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Goodman Networks Incorporated:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Goodman Networks Incorporated and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in shareholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Goodman Networks Incorporated and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Dallas, Texas

March 30, 2016

 

 

 

56


Goodman Networks Incorporated

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2014 and 2015

(In Thousands, Except Share Amounts and Par Value)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

$

76,703

 

 

$

39,832

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $877 at December 31, 2014 and $107 at December 31, 2015

 

66,354

 

 

 

28,812

 

Unbilled revenue on completed projects

 

16,780

 

 

 

11,755

 

Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted projects

 

81,410

 

 

 

21,060

 

Inventories

 

18,638

 

 

 

15,352

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

6,727

 

 

 

3,394

 

Assets held for sale

 

4,000

 

 

 

 

Income tax receivable

 

513

 

 

 

204

 

Total current assets

 

271,125

 

 

 

120,409

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $29,776 at December 31, 2014 and $33,862 at December 31, 2015

 

24,638

 

 

 

21,089

 

Deferred financing costs, net

 

14,491

 

 

 

10,415

 

Deposits and other assets

 

2,821

 

 

 

2,553

 

Insurance collateral

 

12,249

 

 

 

15,035

 

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $9,361 at December 31, 2014 and $14,508 at December 31, 2015

 

19,558

 

 

 

14,412

 

Goodwill

 

69,178

 

 

 

69,178

 

Total assets

$

414,060

 

 

$

253,091

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders' Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

$

94,851

 

 

$

45,886

 

Accrued expenses

 

73,574

 

 

 

57,194

 

Income taxes payable

 

1,783

 

 

 

311

 

Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted projects

 

36,316

 

 

 

6,061

 

Deferred revenue

 

426

 

 

 

2,295

 

Liabilities related to assets held for sale

 

3,646

 

 

 

 

Deferred rent

 

188

 

 

 

115

 

Current portion of capital lease and notes payable obligations

 

1,366

 

 

 

775

 

Total current liabilities

 

212,150

 

 

 

112,637

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes payable, net of deferred financing cost

 

326,648

 

 

 

326,163

 

Capital lease obligations

 

1,045

 

 

 

400

 

Accrued expenses, non-current

 

8,484

 

 

 

6,921

 

Deferred revenue, non-current

 

8,874

 

 

 

8,973

 

Deferred tax liability, non-current

 

1,428

 

 

 

1,714

 

Deferred rent, non-current

 

454

 

 

 

414

 

Total liabilities

 

559,083

 

 

 

457,222

 

Shareholders' Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized;

1,029,072 issued and 912,754 outstanding at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015

 

10

 

 

 

10

 

Treasury stock, at cost, 116,318 shares at December 31, 2014

    and December 31, 2015

 

(11,756

)

 

 

(11,756

)

Additional paid-in capital

 

18,525

 

 

 

25,914

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

14

 

 

 

18

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(151,816

)

 

 

(218,317

)

Total shareholders' deficit

 

(145,023

)

 

 

(204,131

)

Total liabilities and shareholders' deficit

$

414,060

 

 

$

253,091

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

 

57


Goodman Networks Incorporated

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Revenues

 

$

931,745

 

$

1,199,188

 

 

$

725,056

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

806,109

 

 

1,025,437

 

 

 

638,598

 

Gross profit (exclusive of depreciation and amortization included

   in selling, general and administrative expense shown below)

 

 

125,636

 

 

173,751

 

 

 

86,458

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

121,106

 

 

122,792

 

 

 

92,993

 

Restructuring expense

 

 

 

 

9,998

 

 

 

11,653

 

Impairment expense

 

 

 

 

3,254

 

 

 

3,336

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

 

(3,285

)

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

4,530

 

 

40,992

 

 

 

(21,524

)

Other income

 

 

(25

)

 

(71

)

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

40,287

 

 

46,694

 

 

 

43,925

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(35,732

)

 

(5,631

)

 

 

(65,449

)

Income tax expense

 

 

7,506

 

 

9,293

 

 

 

1,052

 

Net loss

 

$

(43,238

)

$

(14,924

)

 

$

(66,501

)

Other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

4

 

Comprehensive loss

 

$

(43,238

)

$

(14,910

)

 

$

(66,497

)

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

 

58


Goodman Networks Incorporated

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

(In Thousands, Except Share Amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

Accumulated Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Treasury

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Stock

 

 

Capital

 

 

Income

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Total

 

Balance, January 1, 2013

 

948,914

 

 

$

10

 

 

$

(6,761

)

 

$

8,082

 

 

$

 

 

$

(93,654

)

 

$

(92,323

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based compensation, equity awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,219

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,219

 

Issuance of common stock

 

36,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,995

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,995

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(43,238

)

 

 

(43,238

)

Balance, December 31, 2013

 

985,714

 

 

$

10

 

 

$

(11,756

)

 

$

13,314

 

 

$

 

 

$

(136,892

)

 

$

(135,324

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based compensation, equity awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,668

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,668

 

Issuance of common stock

 

43,358

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

Shareholder receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,500

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,500

)

Other comprehensive income - foreign currency translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,924

)

 

 

(14,924

)

Balance, December 31, 2014

 

1,029,072

 

 

$

10

 

 

$

(11,756

)

 

$

18,525

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

(151,816

)

 

$

(145,023

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based compensation, equity awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,889

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,889

 

Shareholder receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,500

 

Other comprehensive income - foreign currency translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(66,501

)

 

 

(66,501

)

Balance, December 31, 2015

 

1,029,072

 

 

$

10

 

 

$

(11,756

)

 

$

25,914

 

 

$

18

 

 

$

(218,317

)

 

$

(204,131

)

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

 

59


Goodman Networks Incorporated

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015

 

Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(43,238

)

$

(14,924

)

$

(66,501

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in)

   operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

 

 

4,522

 

 

5,806

 

 

5,410

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

5,236

 

 

5,694

 

 

5,146

 

Amortization of debt discounts and deferred financing costs

 

 

2,509

 

 

4,527

 

 

3,594

 

Impairment  charges

 

 

 

 

7,158

 

 

3,336

 

Change in estimate of doubtful accounts

 

 

337

 

 

1,626

 

 

(153

)

Deferred tax expense

 

 

5,715

 

 

11,415

 

 

286

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

4,453

 

 

6,668

 

 

5,889

 

Accretion of contingent consideration

 

 

846

 

 

515

 

 

 

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 

 

(200

)

 

(9,519

)

 

(726

)

Change in fair value of guarantee of indebtedness

 

 

 

 

(1,500

)

 

 

Loss on sale of property and equipment

 

 

111

 

 

292

 

 

215

 

Gain on sale of MDU assets

 

 

(1,472

)

 

 

 

 

Changes in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(6,728

)

 

41,726

 

 

37,697

 

Unbilled revenue

 

 

(1,679

)

 

3,554

 

 

5,025

 

Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted projects

 

 

(63,975

)

 

18,371

 

 

60,350

 

Inventories

 

 

9,186

 

 

4,245

 

 

3,286

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

7,880

 

 

8,807

 

 

681

 

Accounts payable and other liabilities

 

 

43,796

 

 

(66,767

)

 

(62,493

)

Income taxes payable / receivable

 

 

1,934

 

 

18,053

 

 

(1,164

)

Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted projects

 

 

(1,861

)

 

(10,375

)

 

(30,255

)

Deferred revenue

 

 

 

 

9,289

 

 

1,968

 

Deferred rent

 

 

 

 

 

 

(164

)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

(32,628

)

 

44,661

 

 

(28,573

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(4,019

)

 

(17,615

)

 

(4,720

)

Payments for intangible assets

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of MDU Assets

 

 

12,500

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment

 

 

76

 

 

275

 

 

3,511

 

Purchase of Cellular Specialties, Inc.

 

 

(18,000

)

 

 

 

 

Purchase of Multiband

 

 

(101,092

)

 

 

 

 

Purchase of Design Build Technologies

 

 

(1,306

)

 

 

 

 

Checks issued in excess of bank balance with the purchase of subsidiaries

 

 

(254

)

 

 

 

 

Change in due from shareholders

 

 

138

 

 

3

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(111,965

)

 

(17,337

)

 

(1,209

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from lines of credit

 

 

517,516

 

 

1,095,560

 

 

764,879

 

Payments on lines of credit

 

 

(517,516

)

 

(1,095,560

)

 

(764,879

)

Proceeds from issuance of the Tack-On Notes

 

 

105,000

 

 

 

 

 

Payments on capital leases, notes payable and held for sale liabilities

 

 

(4,112

)

 

(8,096

)

 

(4,607

)

Payments on contingent arrangements

 

 

 

 

(670

)

 

(2,500

)

Payments for deferred financing costs

 

 

(12,865

)

 

(1,360

)

 

 

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from exercise of warrants and stock options

 

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

(4,995

)

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

83,041

 

 

(10,083

)

 

(7,107

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

 

 

 

23

 

 

18

 

Increase (Decrease) in cash

 

 

(61,552

)

 

17,264

 

 

(36,871

)

Cash, Beginning of Period

 

 

120,991

 

 

59,439

 

 

76,703

 

Cash, End of Period

 

$

59,439

 

$

76,703

 

$

39,832

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

60


Goodman Networks Incorporated

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

30,786

 

$

42,496

 

$

40,416

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

409

 

$

1,272

 

$

2,596

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Non-Cash Investing and Finance Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment financed through

   capital leases and other financing arrangements

 

$

945

 

$

988

 

$

197

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

 

 

61


Goodman Networks Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 1. Organization and Business

Goodman Networks Incorporated, a Texas corporation (“Goodman Networks” and collectively with its subsidiaries, the “Company”), is a national provider of end-to-end network infrastructure and professional services to the wireless telecommunications industry.  The Company’s wireless telecommunications services span the full network lifecycle, including the design, engineering, construction, deployment, integration, maintenance, and decommissioning of wireless networks.  Goodman Networks performs these services across multiple network infrastructures, including traditional cell towers as well as next generation small cell and distributed antenna systems (“DAS”).  The Company also serves the satellite television industry by providing onsite installation, upgrade and maintenance of satellite television systems to both residential and commercial market customers.  These highly specialized and technical services are critical to the capability of the Company’s customers to deliver voice, data and video services to their end users.

Merger with Multiband

On May 21, 2013, Goodman Networks entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Manatee Merger Sub Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of Goodman Networks (“MergerSub”), and Multiband Corporation (“Multiband”), pursuant to which on August 30, 2013, Multiband merged with and into MergerSub, with Multiband surviving the merger (the “Merger”).  The aggregate purchase price, excluding merger-related fees and expenses, was approximately $101.1 million.  Upon the closing of the Merger, Multiband became a wholly owned subsidiary of Goodman Networks, and Multiband and its subsidiaries became restricted subsidiaries and guarantors under the indenture (the “Indenture”) governing the Company’s 12.125% senior secured notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) and the Company’s amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”).  To finance the Merger the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, sold an additional $100.0 million of Notes (the “Tack-On Notes”) under terms substantially identical to those of the $225.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued in June 2011 (the “Original Notes”).  The Company paid the remainder of the merger consideration from cash on hand.  Upon completion of the Merger, the Company redeemed the Tack-On Notes in exchange for the issuance of an equivalent amount of Notes, which were classified as a long-term liability on the Company’s balance sheet upon the closing of the Merger because they mature in July 2018.

Sale of MDU Assets

On December 31, 2013, the Company sold certain assets (the “MDU Assets”) to DIRECTV MDU, LLC (“DIRECTV MDU”), and DIRECTV MDU assumed certain liabilities of the Company, related to the division of the Company’s business involved with the ownership and operation of subscription based video, high-speed internet and voice services and related call center functions to multiple-dwelling unit customers, lodging and institution customers and commercial establishments, (such assets, collectively, the “MDU Assets”).  The operations of the MDU Assets were previously reported in the Company’s “Other Services” segment.  In consideration for the MDU Assets, DIRECTV MDU paid the Company $12.5 million and additional non-cash consideration, assumed certain liabilities, and extended the existing Multiband/DIRECTV HSP Agreement, resulting in a four-year remaining term ending on December 31, 2017.

Restructuring Activities

During the second quarter of 2014, management approved, committed to and initiated plans to restructure and further improve efficiencies in operations, including further integrating the operations of Multiband and the Custom Solutions Group (“CSG”) of Cellular Specialties, Inc. (the “2014 Restructuring Plan”). The restructuring costs associated with the 2014 Restructuring Plan are recorded in the restructuring expense line item within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. See Note 16 – Restructuring Activities for a summary of restructuring activities and costs.

 

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries.  Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

62


Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.  Key estimates for the Company include: the recognition of revenue, in particular, estimated losses on long term construction contracts, allowance for doubtful accounts; inventory valuation; asset lives used in computing depreciation and amortization; valuation of intangible assets; valuation of contingent consideration; allowance for self-insurance health care claims incurred but not reported; valuation of stock options and other equity awards, particularly related to fair value estimates; accounting for income taxes; contingencies; and litigation.  While management believes that such estimates are reasonable when considered in conjunction with the financial position and results of operations taken as a whole, actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.

Cash

The financial institutions holding the Company’s cash accounts participated in the Transaction Account Guarantee Program of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”).  Under the program all noninterest-bearing transaction accounts were fully guaranteed by the FDIC for the entire amount in the account.

Accounts Receivable and Costs in Excess of Billings on Uncompleted Projects

In the ordinary course of business, the Company extends unsecured credit to its customers based on their credit-worthiness and history with the Company.  Accounts receivable are stated at the amount the Company expects to collect and generally, collateral is not required.  The Company considers accounts past due when the age exceeds the contractual payment term and generally does not charge interest on past due accounts.  The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments.  Management considers the following factors when determining the collectability of specific customer accounts: customer credit-worthiness, past transaction history with the customer, current economic industry trends and changes in customer payment terms.  If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate, adversely affecting their ability to make payments, additional allowances would be required.  Balances that remain outstanding after the Company has used reasonable collection efforts are written off.

Unbilled Revenue on Completed Projects

Unbilled revenue on completed projects represents unbilled accounts receivable for contract revenue recognized to date but not yet invoiced to the client due to contract terms or the timing of the customer invoicing cycle.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (average cost method) or market and are comprised of parts and materials.  When evidence suggests that the value of inventory is less than cost, whether due to physical obsolescence, changes in market price levels, or other causes, the difference is recognized within cost of revenues in the current period.  For materials or supplies purchased on behalf of specific customers or projects, loss of the customer or cancellation of the project could also result in a write-down of the value of materials purchased.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization.  The Company depreciates property and equipment using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which are 3 years for software, 3 to 4 years for computers and office equipment, 5 to 7 years for furniture and fixtures, 5 to 30 years for buildings and improvements, 3 to 7 years for other equipment and 5 years for vehicles.  Leasehold improvements and assets acquired under capital leases are amortized using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful lives or the remaining term of the related leases.  Major additions and improvements to property and equipment are capitalized.  Routine maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred.

Business Combinations

The purchase price of each acquired business is allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and the liabilities assumed on the basis of their respective fair values on the date of acquisition.  Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the separately identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed is allocated to goodwill.  The valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires a number of judgments and is subject to revision as additional information about the fair value of assets and liabilities becomes available.  Additional information, which existed as of the acquisition date but at that time was unknown to the Company, may become known during the remainder of the measurement period, a period not to exceed twelve months from the

63


acquisition date.  Adjustments in the purchase price allocation may require a recasting of the amounts allocated to goodwill and intangible assets.  In accordance with the acquisition method of accounting, acquisition costs are expensed as incurred.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company periodically reviews long-lived assets whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable.  In assessing recoverability, assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors must be made to determine if an impairment loss may exist, and, if so, estimate fair value.  If these estimates or their related assumptions change in the future, the Company may be required to record impairment losses for these assets.  If a long-lived asset is tested for recoverability and the undiscounted estimated future cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the asset cost is adjusted to fair value and an impairment loss is recognized as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value.

During the third quarter of 2014, the Company listed for sale the Multiband headquarters building in Minnetonka, Minnesota.  The Company evaluated the carrying value against the fair value of the building less costs that will be incurred to complete the sale of the building and concluded that the value of the building was impaired. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $0.5 million after the Company evaluated the carrying value against the fair value of the building, less costs to be incurred to complete the sale of the building, and concluded that the value of the building was impaired. The measure in determining the fair value was based on significant inputs not observable in the market, which is referred to as a Level 3 input. The Company concluded the sale of the Multiband headquarters building in Minnetonka, Minnesota in December of 2015.

No impairment charges were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2013.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives

Goodwill represents the amount of the purchase price in excess of the fair values assigned to the underlying identifiable net assets of acquired businesses.  Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to an annual impairment test at the reporting unit level or more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would indicate that a triggering event.  A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment.  The reporting units are not the equivalent to the reportable segments as we have five reporting units and three reportable segments.  All of the Company’s reportable segments have goodwill assigned.

The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually, as of October 1 of each  year, or more frequently if circumstances suggest that impairment may exist.  During each quarter, the Company performs a review of certain key components of the valuation of the reporting units, including the operating performance of the reporting units compared to plan (which is the primary basis for the prospective financial information included in the annual goodwill impairment test) and the weighted average cost of capital.

To determine whether goodwill is impaired, a multi-step impairment test is performed.  The Company performs a qualitative assessment of each reporting unit to determine whether facts and circumstances support a determination that their fair values are greater than their carrying values.  If the qualitative analysis is not conclusive, or if the Company elects to proceed directly with quantitative testing, the Company will measure the fair values of the reporting units and compare them to their carrying values, including goodwill.  If the fair value is less than the carrying value of the reporting unit, the second step of the impairment test is performed for the purposes of measuring the impairment.  In this step, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit to determine an implied goodwill value.  This allocation is similar to a purchase price allocation performed in purchase accounting.  If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied goodwill value, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

The Company estimates the fair values of the reporting units using discounted cash flows, which include assumptions about a wide variety of internal and external factors.  Significant assumptions used in the impairment analysis include financial projections of cash flow (including significant assumptions about operations and target capital requirements), long term growth rates for determining terminal value, and discount rates.  Forecasts and long term growth rates used for the reporting units are consistent with, and use inputs from, the internal long term business plan and strategy.  During the forecasting process, the Company assesses revenue trends, operating cost levels and target capital levels.  A range of discount rates that correspond to a market based weighted average cost of capital are used.  Discount rates are determined for each reporting unit based on the implied risk inherent in their forecasts.  This risk is evaluated using comparisons to market information such as peer company weighted average costs of capital and peer company stock prices in the form of revenue and earnings multiples.  The most significant estimates in the discount rate determinations include the risk free rates and equity risk premium.  Company specific adjustments to discount rates are subjective and thus are difficult to measure with certainty.

Although the Company believes that the financial projections used are reasonable and appropriate, the use of different assumptions and estimates could materially impact the analysis and resulting conclusions.  In addition, due to the long term nature of the forecasts there is significant uncertainty inherent in those projections.  The passage of time and the availability of additional

64


information regarding areas of uncertainty in regards to the reporting units' operations could cause these assumptions used in the analysis to change materially in the future.  If the assumptions differ from actual, the estimates underlying the goodwill impairment tests could be adversely affected.  See Note 5 - Goodwill and Intangibles for further discussion.

Insurable Risks

The Company uses a combination of self-insurance and third-party carrier insurance with predetermined deductibles that cover certain insurable risks.  The Company records liabilities for claims reported and claims that have been incurred but not reported, based on historical experience and industry data.

In most of the states in which the Field Services business operates, the Company is self-insured for workers’ compensation claims by employees in the Field Services division up to $100,000, plus administrative expenses, for each occurrence.  If any liability claims are in excess of coverage amounts, such claims are covered under premium-based policies issued by insurance companies to coverage levels that management considers adequate.  In Ohio and North Dakota, the Company purchases state-funded premium based workers’ compensation insurance.  The Company has placed restricted deposits with the insurance company in the amount of $12.2 million and $15.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, which is included in insurance collateral in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company determines the fair value of its assets and liabilities using valuation techniques, such as the market approach (comparable market prices), the income approach (present value of future income or cash flow), and the cost approach (cost to replace the service capacity of an asset or replacement cost), each of which is based upon observable and unobservable inputs.  Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions.

The Company uses a three-tier valuation hierarchy based upon observable and non-observable inputs, as described below:

Level 1—Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level 2—Observable market based inputs or other observable inputs corroborated by market data at the measurement date, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3—Significant unobservable inputs that cannot be corroborated by observable market data and reflect the use of significant management judgment.  These values are generally determined using valuation models for which the assumptions utilize management’s estimates of market participant assumptions.

The Company determines the estimated fair value of assets, liabilities and equity instruments using available market information and commonly accepted valuation methodologies.  However, considerable judgment is required in interpreting market and other data to develop the estimates of fair value.  The use of different assumptions or estimation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair values.  The fair value estimates are based on information available as of the valuation dates.

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, costs in excess of billings on uncompleted projects, accounts payable and accrued liabilities are reflected in the consolidated balance sheet at historical cost, which is materially representative of their fair value due to the relatively short-term maturities of these assets and liabilities.

The carrying value of the capital lease obligations approximates fair value because they bear interest at rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities.

The carrying value and fair value of the Notes was $326.7 million and $335.6 million as of December 31, 2014 and $326.2 million and $81.3 million as of December 31, 2015, respectively.  Fair value for the Notes is a Level 2 measurement and has been based on the over-the-counter-market trading prices as of December 31, 2015.

Deferred Rent

The Company’s operating leases for certain facilities contain escalating rent payments during the lease terms.  For these leases, the Company recognizes rent expense on a straight line basis over the lease term and records the difference between the amounts charged to expense and the rent paid as deferred rent.

Income Taxes

The Company applies the asset and liability method in accounting and reporting for income taxes.  Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when these differences are expected to reverse.  The deferred income tax assets are adjusted by a valuation allowance, if

65


necessary, to recognize future tax benefits only to the extent, based on available evidence, that it is more likely than not such benefits will be realized.  The Company recognizes income tax related interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense.

The Company accrues liabilities for identified tax contingencies that result from positions that are being challenged or could be challenged by tax authorities.  The Company believes that its accrual for tax liabilities is adequate for all open years, based on Management’s assessment of many factors, including its interpretations of the tax law and judgments about potential actions by tax authorities.  However, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of any tax audit may be materially greater or lower than the amount accrued.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when: (i) persuasive evidence of a customer arrangement exists; (ii) the price is fixed or determinable; (iii) collectability is reasonably assured; and (iv) product delivery has occurred or services have been rendered.  The Company recognizes revenue as services are performed and completed.

The Company enters into contracts that require the construction and/or installation of specific units within a network system.  Revenue from construction and installation contracts is recorded using the completed contract method of accounting.  Under the completed contract method, revenues and costs from construction and installation projects are recognized only upon substantial completion of the project.  Project costs typically include direct materials, labor and subcontractor costs, and indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, and tools.  Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are recognized when it has been determined that a loss is probable.

 

The Company also enters into contracts to provide engineering and integration services related to network architecture, transformation, reliability and performance.  Revenues and costs from service contracts are generally recognized at the time the services are completed under the completed performance model.  Services are generally performed under master or other services agreements and are billed on a contractually agreed price per unit of service on a work order basis.  Services invoiced prior to the performance of the obligation are recorded in deferred revenue and recognized as the services are performed.  The total amount of progress payments netted against contract costs on uncompleted contracts as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 was $155.4 million and $35.9 million, respectively.

 

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are included in revenues.  Shipping and handling costs associated with inbound freight are capitalized in inventory.  Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight are included in cost of revenues.

Treasury Stock

Common stock shares repurchased are recorded at cost.  Cost of shares retired or reissued is determined using the first-in, first-out method.

Share-Based Compensation

The Company has a stock-based incentive plan for employees and directors.  The Company determines the fair value of stock-based awards at the date of grant and recognizes the related expense in earnings over the vesting period of the award.

Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities

Taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations on a net basis.

Foreign Currency Translation

During the third quarter of 2014, the Company entered into an arrangement to provide small cell services in Germany through our subsidiary, Goodman Networks GmbH.

The Company's functional currency for all operations worldwide is the U.S. dollar.  Nonmonetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms of historical costs in a foreign currency are translated into functional currency using rates of exchange as of the dates of the initial transactions and monetary assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the end of the year.  Income statement accounts and cash flows are translated at average rates for the period.  Gains and losses from translation of foreign

66


currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are included as a component of shareholders’ equity in other comprehensive loss.  Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in current results of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”), which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. ASU 2014-09 will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective. In August of 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date, which delayed the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year. Public business entities, certain not-for-profit entities, and certain employee benefit plans should apply the guidance in ASU 2014-09 to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Earlier application is permitted only for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. All other entities should apply the guidance in ASU 2014-09 for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. All other entities may apply the guidance in ASU 2014-09 earlier for annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. All other entities also may apply the guidance in ASU 2014-09 earlier for annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning one year after the annual reporting period in which the entity first applies the guidance in ASU 2014-09.  The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company is evaluating the effect that ASU 2014-09 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company has not yet selected a transition method nor has it determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting.

In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update No. 2015-05, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software: Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement (“ASU 2015-05”). ASU 2015-05 provides guidance for evaluating whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license.  If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, then the software license element of the arrangement should be accounted for consistently with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the arrangement should be accounted for as a service contract. ASU 2015-05 does not change the accounting for service contracts. As a result of ASU 2015-05, all software licenses within the scope of the amendment will be accounted for consistently with other licenses of intangible assets. The new standard is effective for the Company in the fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. An entity can elect to adopt the amendments either: (1) prospectively to all arrangements entered into or materially modified after the effective date; or (2) retrospectively. The Company has evaluated the effect of ASU 2015-05 and the new guidance will not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In July 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update No. 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory (“ASU 2015-11”), which requires in scope inventory to be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. Subsequent measurement is unchanged for inventory measured using last-in, first-out (LIFO) or the retail inventory method.   The amendments do not apply to inventory that is measured using LIFO or the retail inventory method. The amendments apply to all other inventory, which includes inventory that is measured using first-in, first-out (FIFO) or average cost. The ASU is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. ASU 2015-11 requires prospective application, with earlier application permitted as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. The Company is evaluating the effect that ASU 2015-11 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments (“ASU 2015-16”). ASU 2015-16 eliminates the requirement to retrospectively account for adjustments to provisional amounts within the measurement period recognized at the acquisition date in a business combination. ASU 2015-16 requires that these adjustments be recognized in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined and be calculated as if the accounting had been completed as of the acquisition date. ASU 2015-16 is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that ASU 2015-16 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In January 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-01, Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“ASU 2016-01”). ASU 2016-01, which provides guidance for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial assets and financial liabilities. ASU 2016-01 is effective for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those years,

67


beginning after December 15, 2017 and, for most provisions, is effective using the cumulative-effect transition approach. Early application is permitted for certain provisions. The Company is currently evaluating the potential effect of this ASU on its consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Adopted

On April 7, 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update No. 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (“ASU 2015-03”), to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs. ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the debt liability, consistent with debt discounts.  The new standard is effective for the Company in the fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2015.   The Company adopted ASU No. 2015-03 as of January 1, 2016. See the Consolidated Balance Sheets for the related amounts as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.  

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (“ASU 2015-17”). ASU 2015-17 requires that all deferred tax liabilities and tax assets be classified as non-current in a classified balance sheet, rather than separating such deferred taxes into current and non-current amounts, as is required under current guidance. ASU 2015-17 is effective for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016 and may be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. The Company early adopted ASU 2015-17 as of December 31, 2015 within the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.  The adoption of the new guidance did not have material impact to the financial statements and did not require an adjustment to the prior year consolidated balance sheets.

 

 

Note 3. Accounts Receivable

Activity for the allowance for doubtful accounts related to trade accounts receivable for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts at beginning of the year

$

13

 

 

$

350

 

 

$

877

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

337

 

 

 

739

 

 

 

(770

)

Amounts charged against the allowance

 

 

 

 

(212

)

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts at the end of the year

$

350

 

 

$

877

 

 

$

107

 

 

 

 

Note 4. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 2014 and 2015 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

Software

$

21,730

 

 

$

20,441

 

Computers and office equipment

 

10,182

 

 

 

10,251

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

2,483

 

 

 

2,162

 

Other equipment

 

4,266

 

 

 

3,985

 

Vehicles

 

297

 

 

 

281

 

Construction in process

 

12,116

 

 

 

14,433

 

Leasehold improvements

 

3,340

 

 

 

3,398

 

 

 

54,414

 

 

 

54,951

 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(29,776

)

 

 

(33,862

)

Property and equipment, net

$

24,638

 

 

$

21,089

 

 

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 was $4.5 million and $5.8 million and $5.4 million, respectively, which has been recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

During 2014, the Company listed for sale the Multiband headquarters building in Minnetonka, Minnesota.  The Company evaluated the carrying value against the fair value of the building less costs that were to be incurred to complete the sale of the building and concluded that the value of the building was impaired.  Accordingly, an impairment charge of $3.3 million was recorded to the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2014. The Company recorded an impairment charge of $0.5 million during second quarter of 2015 as the assessed fair value of the building was based on the selling price of surrounding buildings in the area. Based on a proposal received on the sale of the building, the Company evaluated the carrying value against the fair value of the building, less costs to be incurred to complete the sale of the building, and

68


concluded that the value of the building was impaired. The measure in determining the fair value was based on significant inputs not observable in the market, which is referred to as a Level 3 input. In December of 2015, the Company concluded the sale of the Multiband headquarters building in Minnetonka, Minnesota for $3.4 million. An additional impairment charge of $0.5 million was recorded for the building and the related long term assets upon the conclusion of the sale within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2015.  

 

The Company entered into a lease contract during 2014 for a right of use license with nonexclusive access to certain Multicarrier Distributed Antenna System (DAS) deployment sites. The term of the right of use is an initial ten years with two optional renewals of five years each. The Company records the cost of the DAS system within fixed assets as construction in process and will be depreciated over the asset’s useful life once completed.  

 

During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company decided to transition to a single Enterprise Resource Planning system for the consolidated Company. All development work on the inventory module for the discontinued system, which will be sunset upon transition, was ceased. The Company impaired $2.3 million in internally developed software related to the transition to a single system, which represents the previously capitalized costs associated with these assets. The impairment expense is reflected in the Company’s consolidated statements of operation and comprehensive loss.

 

At December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, property and equipment included $9.1 million for both years, respectively, of assets acquired under capital leases.  Assets under capital leases are stated at the present value of minimum lease payments.  The accumulated depreciation related to these assets at December 31, 2014 and 2015 totaled $6.8 million and $7.0 million, respectively.  Depreciation expense related to these assets during each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 totaled $1.1 million, $1.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

 

 

 

Note 5. Goodwill and Intangibles

The changes in goodwill, by business segment, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

  

 

Infrastructure

Services

 

 

 

 

Field

Services

 

 

 

 

Professional

Services

 

 

 

 

Other

Services

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2013

$

1,882

 

 

 

 

$

58,463

 

 

 

 

$

8,604

 

 

 

 

$

185

 

$

69,134

 

 

 

 

Integration of the Other Services segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

185

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(185

)

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase Price allocation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

Goodwill at December  31, 2014

 

1,882

 

 

 

 

 

58,648

 

 

 

 

 

8,648

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

69,178

 

 

 

 

Impairment adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

Goodwill at December  31, 2015

$

1,882

 

 

 

 

$

58,648

 

 

 

 

$

8,648

 

 

 

 

$

-

 

$

69,178

 

 

 

 

 

During 2014, the Company integrated the Other Services segment with the Field Services segment, and as a result the Company no longer has an Other Services segment. The Company had no impairment adjustments during the two years ended December 31, 2015.

 

See Note 15 - Segments for further discussion on business segments.

 

Intangible assets were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

Gross Carrying Amount

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

Impairment Charges

 

 

Intangible Assets, net

 

Customer contracts

$

13,720

 

 

$

1,827

 

 

$

 

 

$

11,893

 

Customer relationships

 

7,640

 

 

 

2,989

 

 

 

920

 

 

 

3,731

 

Tradename

 

3,033

 

 

 

1,094

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,939

 

Software

 

3,810

 

 

 

826

 

 

 

2,984

 

 

 

 

Noncompete agreements

 

3,150

 

 

 

1,155

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,995

 

Customer backlog

 

1,470

 

 

 

1,470

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

$

32,823

 

 

$

9,361

 

 

$

3,904

 

 

$

19,558

 

69


 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

Gross Carrying Amount

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

Impairment Charges

 

 

Intangible Assets, net

 

Customer contracts

$

13,900

 

 

$

3,431

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

10,469

 

Customer relationships

 

6,610

 

 

 

4,032

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,578

 

Tradename

 

3,860

 

 

 

3,860

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noncompete agreements

 

3,150

 

 

 

1,785

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,365

 

Customer backlog

 

1,400

 

 

 

1,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

$

28,920

 

 

$

14,508

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

14,412

 

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets was $5.7 million and $5.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.  

 

During the 2014, the Company closed its office in Sarasota, Florida. In connection with the office closure, the Company determined that certain customer relationships not related to carrier or large original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) customers that were primarily supported by the operations of the Sarasota office were impaired. During the third quarter of 2014, the Company terminated the remaining significant arrangement that utilized the Company’s internally developed MBeM software acquired in the acquisition of Multiband. As a result, the Company concluded that the carrying value of the software asset was impaired. As each of these impairments were a direct result of the 2014 Restructuring Plan, the impairment charges were included in restructuring expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

 

Future amortizations of intangible assets as of December 31, 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

 

 

 

2016

$

2,744

 

2017

 

2,545

 

2018

 

1,929

 

2019

 

1,642

 

2020

 

1,551

 

Thereafter

 

4,001

 

 

$

14,412

 

 

 

Note 6. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2015

 

Employee compensation and related costs

 

$

27,125

 

$

12,706

 

Sales and use tax payable

 

 

8,782

 

 

5,316

 

Accrued job loss

 

 

1,375

 

 

861

 

Accrued interest

 

 

19,723

 

 

19,704

 

Guarantee of indebtedness

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

Workers' compensation, current

 

 

4,259

 

 

2,996

 

Accrued restructuring costs, current

 

 

1,714

 

 

4,540

 

Other, current

 

 

6,596

 

 

11,071

 

Total accrued expenses, current

 

$

73,574

 

$

57,194

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent consideration, non-current

 

$

726

 

 

 

Workers' compensation, non-current

 

 

7,071

 

 

5,359

 

Accrued restructuring & other costs, non-current

 

 

687

 

 

1,562

 

Total accrued expenses, non-current

 

$

8,484

 

$

6,921

 

 

 

70


Note 7. Notes Payable and Line of Credit

 

Notes payable consist of the following (in thousands):

 

December 31, 2014

 

December  31, 2015

 

Senior secured notes due July 1, 2018, net of discount of

   $1,944 and $1,390 as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015 respectively, with stated interest of 12.125%

$

223,056

 

$

223,610

 

Senior secured notes due July 1, 2018, including a premium of

  $3,592 and $2,553 as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015 respectively, with stated interest of 12.125%

 

103,592

 

 

102,553

 

 

 

326,648

 

 

326,163

 

Less: current portion

 

 

 

 

Notes payable, net of current portion

$

326,648

 

$

326,163

 

 

On June 23, 2011 the Company issued $225.0 million of the Original Notes at a discount of $3.9 million.  The Notes carry a stated interest rate of 12.125%, and the Original Notes have an effective rate of 12.50%.  Interest is payable semi-annually each January 1 and July 1.  The Notes are secured by: (i) a first-priority lien on substantially all of the Company’s existing and future domestic plant, property, assets and equipment including tangible and intangible assets, other than the assets that secure the Credit Facility on a first-priority basis, (ii) a first-priority lien on 100% of the capital stock of the Company’s existing and future material U.S. subsidiaries and non-voting stock of the Company’s existing and future material non-U.S. subsidiaries and 66% of all voting stock of the Company’s existing and future material non-U.S. subsidiaries and (iii) a second-priority lien on the Company’s accounts receivable, unbilled revenue on completed contracts and inventory that secure the Credit Facility on a first-priority basis, subject, in each case, to certain exceptions and permitted liens.

The Notes: (i) are general senior secured obligations; (ii) are guaranteed by the Company’s existing and future wholly owned material domestic subsidiaries; (iii) rank pari passu in right of payment with all of the Company’s existing and future indebtedness that is not subordinated; (iv) are senior in right of payment to any of the Company’s existing and future subordinated indebtedness; (v) are structurally subordinated to any existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of the Company’s non-guarantor subsidiaries; and (vi) are effectively junior to all obligations under the Credit Facility to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the Credit Facility on a first priority basis.

On or after July 1, 2015, the Company may redeem some or all of the Notes at a premium that will decrease over time plus accrued and unpaid interest.

If the Company undergoes a change of control, as defined in the Indenture, the Company will be required to make an offer to each holder of the Notes to repurchase all or a portion of its Notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest penalty, if any, to the date of repurchase.

If the Company sells certain assets or experiences certain casualty events and does not use the net proceeds as required, the Company will be required to use such net proceeds to repurchase the Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of repurchase.

The Company entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the Original Notes pursuant to which the Company agreed to register with the Securities and Exchange Commission, (the “SEC”), and effect an offering “exchange notes” with terms substantially identical to the Original Notes.

On April 30, 2013, the Company submitted to Depository Trust Company a Consent Letter dated April 30, 2013 (the “Consent Letter”), in order to solicit consents from the holders of the Original Notes to (i) raise approximately $100 million of additional indebtedness, secured on a parity lien basis with the Original Notes, which were to fund the purchase price of the Merger, notwithstanding the requirement set forth in the Indenture that the Company meet certain Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and Total Leverage Ratio tests, (ii) adjust the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” under the Indenture to permit certain add-backs that are unrelated to the Company’s business operations and (iii) reduce the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio that the Company is required to meet to consummate certain transactions from a ratio of 2.5 to 1.0 to a ratio of 2.0 to 1.0 (collectively, the “Indenture Amendments”).  

On May 6, 2013, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Company received consent from holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then holders of the Notes with respect to the Indenture Amendments.  Promptly thereafter, the Company executed and delivered the First Supplemental Indenture and the First Amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement, which became operative upon the Company’s payment of the consent fee of $5.1 million, pursuant to the Consent Letter, in connection with the Merger.

71


On May 30, 2013, Goodman Networks and GNET Escrow Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of Goodman Networks (the “Stage I Issuer”), entered into a purchase agreement with Jefferies LLC, in connection with the offering of $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Stage I Issuer’s 12.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the “Stage I Notes”).  The Stage I Notes were offered at 105% of their principal amount for an effective interest rate of 10.81%.  The gross proceeds of approximately $105.0 million, which includes an approximate $5.0 million of issuance premium, were used, together with cash contributions from Goodman Networks, to finance the Merger and to pay related fees and expenses.  Upon completion of the Merger, the Company redeemed the Stage I Notes in exchange for the issuance of an equivalent amount of Notes under terms substantially identical to those of the Original Notes, or the Tack-on Notes, as a “tack-on” under and pursuant to the Indenture under which the Company previously issued the Original Notes.

The Company entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the Tack-On Notes. Under the terms thereof, the Company agreed to file an initial registration statement with the SEC by November 29, 2013, to become effective not later than February 26, 2014, providing for registration of “exchange notes” with terms substantially identical to the Tack-On Notes. As a result of delays in the registration process, the Company incurred $22,000 and $0.1 million of “additional interest” as a penalty under the registration rights agreement for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, on the Tack-On Notes. All additional interest on the Tack-On Notes ceased to accrue on June 6, 2014, when the registration statement for the exchange of the Tack-On Notes was declared effective and the Company launched the exchange offer.  In the event a delay in the Company’s reporting on SEC Forms 10-Q, 10-K or 8-K, the Company will have 60 days after the receipt of a notice from the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to comply by providing all current, quarterly and annual reports.  The Company is not in receipt of any such notice from the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes regarding an event of default.

Separate financial information about Goodman Networks Incorporated, its guarantor subsidiaries and its non-guarantor subsidiaries is not presented because Goodman Networks Incorporated holds all of its assets and has no independent assets or operations. Goodman Networks Incorporated’s subsidiaries, other than the subsidiary guarantors, are minor in significance, and the guarantees of our subsidiary guarantors are full and unconditional and joint and several.  There are no significant restrictions on the ability of Goodman Networks Incorporated or any of the subsidiary guarantors to obtain funds from any of our subsidiaries by dividend or loan.

The terms of the Indenture require the Company to meet certain ratio tests giving effect to anticipated transactions, including borrowing debt and making restricted payments prior to entering these transactions.  These ratio tests are, as defined per the Indenture, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00 (which was 0.15 to 1.00 at December 31, 2015) and a Total Leverage Ratio not greater than 2.50 to 1.00 (which was 55.80  to 1.00 at December 31, 2015).  The holders of the Notes granted a waiver to these covenants in conjunction with the issuance of the Tack-On Notes, and the Company has not entered into any other transaction that requires it to meet these tests as of December 31, 2015.  Had the Company been required to meet these ratio tests as of December 31, 2015, the Company would not have met the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or the Total Leverage Ratio.

Future maturities of the notes payable as of December 31, 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

 

 

 

2016

$

-

 

2017

 

-

 

2018

 

325,000

 

2019

 

-

 

2020

 

-

 

Thereafter

 

-

 

Discounts and premiums

 

1,163

 

 

$

326,163

 

In June 2011, the Company entered into an amendment and restatement of the Revolving Credit and Security Agreement (the “Credit Facility”) providing for a five-year term.  The Credit Facility has a maximum commitment of $50.0 million, subject to a borrowing base calculation and the compliance with certain covenants.  Interest on outstanding balances on the Credit Facility accrues at variable rates based, at the Company’s option, on the agent bank’s base rate (as defined in the Credit Facility) plus a margin between 1.50% and 2.00%, or at LIBOR plus a margin of between 2.50% and 3.00%, depending on certain financial thresholds.  At December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, the margin over LIBOR was 3.0% and the margin over the base rate was 2.0%.  In addition, the Credit Facility includes an unused facility fee of 0.375%.  At December 31, 2014 the Company had no borrowings, but had $4.0 million of an outstanding letters of credit under the Credit Facility. At December 31, 2015, the Company had no borrowings and no outstanding letters of credit under the Credit Facility.

72


The amount the Company can borrow under its Credit Facility at any given time is based upon a formula calculating the Company’s borrowing base that takes into account, among other things, eligible billed accounts receivable and up to $10.0 million of eligible inventory, which results in a borrowing availability of less than the maximum commitment of the Credit Facility to the extent that the Company’s borrowing base is less than the maximum commitment of the Credit Facility.  On December 31, 2014, the Company’s borrowing base under the Credit Facility was $30.4 million and availability for additional borrowings under the Credit Facility totaled $26.4 million, net of an outstanding letter of credit of $4.0 million.  On December 31, 2015, the Company’s borrowing base and availability for additional borrowings under the Credit Facility was $22.5 million.  The Credit Facility is collateralized by, among other things, a first priority security interest in substantially all of the Company’s accounts receivable and inventory.  Any deterioration in the quality of the Company’s accounts receivable and inventory would reduce availability under the Credit Facility.

The Credit Facility contains customary events of default (including cross-default) provisions and covenants related to the Company’s operations that prohibit, among other things, making investments and acquisitions in excess of specified amounts, incurring additional indebtedness in excess of specified amounts, creating liens against the Company’s assets, prepaying subordinated indebtedness and engaging in certain mergers or combinations without the prior written consent of the lenders.  The Credit Facility also limits the Company’s ability to make certain distributions or dividends.

Under the terms of the Credit Facility, the Company must maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio equal to at least 1.25 to 1.00 (which ratio was 0.20 to 1.00 at December 31, 2015) and a Leverage Ratio no greater than 5.00 to 1.00 (which ratio was 34.62 to 1.00 at December 31, 2015) during such time as a Triggering Event is continuing. Prior to August 12, 2015, a “Triggering Event” was defined to occur when the Company’s undrawn availability (measured as of the last date of each month) on the Credit Facility had failed to equal at least $10.0 million for two consecutive months and continued until undrawn availability equaled $20.0 million for at least three consecutive months. As of August 12, 2015, the Company executed the Sixth Amendment to the agreement governing the Credit Facility (the “Amendment”) which amended the definition of a “Triggering Event” and the calculation methodology used to determine its minimum undrawn availability. Pursuant to the Amendment, the Company’s minimum undrawn availability is still measured as of the last day of each month, but such amount changed from a fixed amount of $10.0 million to the lesser of $10.0 million and 25% of its available collateral securing the Credit Facility. The Amendment also modified the minimum amount of availability required to end a Triggering Event from a fixed $20.0 million to the lesser of $20.0 million or 50% of the Company’s available collateral. The Company is only required to maintain such ratios at such time that a Triggering Event is in existence. Failure to comply with such ratios during the existence of a Triggering Event constitutes an Event of Default (as defined therein) under the Credit Facility. Had the Company been required to meet these ratio tests as of December 31, 2015, the Company would not have met the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or the Leverage Ratio.

Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Facility, PNC Bank may utilize the Company’s cash deposits at PNC Bank to offset amounts borrowed under the Credit Facility.  As such, the Company has classified the amount due on the line of credit as a current liability in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

 

Note 8. Leases

The Company leases certain equipment under capital leases.  The economic substance of these leases is that the Company is financing the acquisition of the equipment through the leases and accordingly, the equipment is recorded as an asset and the leases are recorded as liabilities.

Future minimum lease payments under capital leases at December 31, 2015 were as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

 

 

 

2016

$

864

 

2017

 

347

 

2018

 

36

 

2019

 

 

2020

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

 

1,247

 

Less: amount representing interest

 

(72

)

Present value of minimum lease payments

 

1,175

 

Less: current portion of capital leases

 

(775

)

Capital leases, net of current portion

$

400

 

 

73


Operating lease commitments relate primarily to rental of vehicles, facilities and equipment under non-cancellable operating lease agreements which expire at various dates through the year 2020 and thereafter.  Approximate future minimum rental payments at December 31, 2015 under these non-cancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

18,884

 

2017

 

3,418

 

2018

 

2,634

 

2019

 

1,478

 

2020

 

291

 

Thereafter

 

12,177

 

Total minimum lease payments

$

38,882

 

 

Rent expense for operating leases was approximately $14.3 million, $28.6 million and $9.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

 

 

Note 9. Shareholders’ Deficit

The Company is controlled directly and indirectly by persons or entities related to John A. Goodman, one of the Company’s directors. All shareholders are parties to a shareholders’ agreement. The shareholders’ agreement contains various provisions governing tag-along rights, drag-along rights, rights of first offer, transfers among shareholders and other terms customary in agreements of this type.

Treasury Stock

In 2011, the Company repurchased 55,918 shares of outstanding common stock from certain employees at a price of $120.91 per share for cash consideration of $6.8 million, which equaled the fair value of the common stock at the repurchase date. The repurchase of common stock was recorded in treasury stock.

In 2013, the Company entered into stock purchase agreements with certain members of management of the Company, pursuant to which the Company purchased 60,400 shares of common stock in exchange for payments totaling $5.0 million. The shares repurchased have been recorded as treasury stock. There were no additional repurchases of treasury stock during 2014 and 2015.

Common Stock

In October of 2012, the Company granted an executive 60,000 shares of unrestricted common stock.  Pursuant to an amended and restated employment agreement, half of the unrestricted common stock vested immediately and the other half vested in January 2013. Compensation expense of $5.0 million for the fair value of the 60,000 shares of common stock was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012, based on the grant-date fair value of $82.70 per share. The terms of the employment agreement also required the Company to provide a cash payment to the executive in an amount sufficient to cover all taxes associated with the share grant. As such, an additional amount of $3.3 million was expensed in 2012, and paid during the first quarter of 2013. There have been no additional grants of common stock during 2014 and 2015.

 

 

Note 10. Share-Based Compensation and Warrants

Share-Based Compensation

In October 2000, the Company approved the Goodman Networks Incorporated 2000 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2000 Plan”). Under the 2000 Plan, 70,899 shares may be issued pursuant to awards of incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options outstanding at December 31, 2015 to employees, directors or consultants of the Company. Since 2010, no additional grants could be made under the 2000 Plan. Grants of incentive stock options must have been at least equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. Nonqualified options could have been granted at less than fair market value. All option terms were determined by a committee designated by the Board of Directors.

On December 29, 2008, the Board of Directors approved the 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan”). The approval of the 2008 Plan had no effect on the 2000 Plan or any options granted pursuant to the 2000 Plan. At such time, outstanding options granted pursuant to the 2000 Plan continued with their existing terms and remained subject to the 2000 Plan, as applicable. The 2008 Plan provides for the issuance of up to 1,000,000 shares of common stock pursuant to awards. In June 2009, the Company’s Board of

74


Directors amended the 2000 Plan and the 2008 Plan to modify certain terms and definitions. These amendments did not affect the awards already outstanding under the 2008 Plan or 2000 Plan.

The following table summarizes stock option activity under the 2008 Plan and the 2000 Plan for the year ended December 31, 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

 

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Life (Years)

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

 

 

611,065

 

 

$

64.31

 

 

 

7.13

 

 

Granted

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

71.28

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(18,835

)

 

 

92.32

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expirations

 

 

(70,664

)

 

 

60.49

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

 

 

571,566

 

 

$

64.47

 

 

 

6.23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2015

 

 

479,387

 

 

$

59.95

 

 

 

5.89

 

 

 

The fair values of option awards granted were estimated at the grant date using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015:

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Expected volatility

54.06% - 60.65%

 

58.94% - 61.37%

 

 

60.7%-67.53%

 

Risk-free interest rate

0.91% - 1.63%

 

1.75% - 1.87%

 

 

0.35%-1.62%

 

Expected life (in years)

5.19 - 5.80

 

5.29 - 6.00

 

 

1.00-5.65

 

Expected dividend yield

 

0.00%

 

 

0.00%

 

 

 

0.00%

 

 

The Company granted stock options representing the right to purchase an aggregate of 50,000 shares of common stock during the year ended December 31, 2015 to three executives and three board members.

The Company estimates the expected volatility of the price of its underlying stock based on the historical volatilities of similar entities with publicly traded securities. The volatility was estimated using the median volatility of the guideline of companies which are representative of our size and industry based upon daily stock price fluctuations. Currently there is no active market for the Company’s common stock.

The weighted average grant date fair value for options granted in 2014 and 2015 was $57.49 and $36.51, respectively.  As of December 31, 2015, there were approximately $1.9 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested stock options.  These costs are expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted average vesting period of 0.72 years.

There were no options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2014 or 2015. The intrinsic value for options vested and expected to vest is $9.4 million.

The compensation expense recognized for outstanding share-based awards for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 was $4.5 million, $6.6 million and $5.9 million, respectively.

Warrants

In October 2010, the Company issued warrants to purchase 160,408 shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share, which expire in May 2020, in connection with (1) the issuance of subordinated notes payable to a shareholder in April and May  2010 and (2) the execution of the First Amendment to the Fifth Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement, dated June 23, 2011, as amended.  The fair value of the warrants was recorded as a discount on the subordinated notes payable.  During June 2011, the shareholder and holder of the warrants sold 117,050 of those warrants to the Company for $7.5 million.  In April 2014, all 43,358 outstanding warrants were exercised.  In connection with the exercise of the warrants, the Company issued 43,358 shares of common stock and received proceeds of $43,358.

75


 

 

Note 11. Related Party Transactions

The Company had approximately $47,000 and $43,000 of non-interest bearing advances due from a founding shareholder of the Company as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Scheduled repayments are made through payroll deductions. At December 31, 2014, the Company had a receivable from a shareholder of $84,000. As of December 31, 2015, the Company no longer had a receivable from the shareholder.

Throughout the year, the Company utilizes the ranch owned by certain shareholders for meetings and conferences. The use of the ranch is expensed within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss at $0.2 million for each of the respective years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.  

On January 15, 2015, the Company entered into a Separation Agreement and General Release with a relative of the Company’s former Executive Chairman, effective as of January 23, 2015, pursuant to which the Company resolved all matters related to the relative’s separation from employment with the Company without cause, effective as of December 31, 2014. Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, the outstanding stock options held by the relative on December 31, 2014, (i) became fully vested and exercisable to the extent not previously vested and exercisable and (ii) had their expiration dates changed to the earlier of (a) the date the option period terminates and (b) the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date of grant. The Company recognized $0.6 million in share-based compensation expense related to the accelerated vesting of the relative’s stock options as of December 31, 2014. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recognized an additional $0.5 million in restructuring expense related to the Separation Agreement.  The expense related to severance payments was recorded in restructuring expense within the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015.

 

On March 5, 2015, the Company entered into a Separation Agreement and General Release Agreement with Mr. John A. Goodman (the “Executive”) under which the Company resolved all matters related to the Executive’s separation from employment with the Company without cause as of February 15, 2015, including all matters arising under the Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, by and between the Company and the Executive, effective as of April 11, 2014, as amended. The Executive was the beneficial owner of approximately 40.5% of the Company’s common stock as of November 13, 2015. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded $0.7 million in share based compensation expense related to the accelerated vesting of the Executive’s shares granted under the 2008 Plan and the 2000 Plan. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2015, pursuant to the Separation Agreement, the Company paid the Executive approximately $3.0 million in severance related expenses which were recorded, along with the share based compensation, in the restructuring expense line item within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Executive was also paid an additional $1.0 million bonus which was recorded within selling, general and administrative expenses.        

 

The Company also granted the Executive a one-time put right to sell to the Company up to $2,700,000 of the Executive’s equity interests in the Company, based on the fair market value of such equity interests on the date the Executive exercises the put right. In addition, the Executive granted the Company a one-time call right to purchase from the Executive up to $2,700,000 of the Executive’s equity interests in the Company based on the fair market value of such equity interests on the date the Company exercises the call right.  The fair value of the put option and the call option was zero at December 31, 2015. The price at which shares may be sold or purchased pursuant to the put or call and put option will be based on the fair value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the exercise date. As such, the Company has not recorded any asset or liability on the balance sheet for this instrument.

 

The put option can only be requested in writing by the Executive and the call option can only be requested in writing by the Company, in each case, between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2018 and each may only be exercised one time.  The purchase price for each of the call and put option shall be paid in a single sum cash payment on the closing date, which shall be on a business day within fifteen days after the date of exercise. Each of the call and put option may only be exercised if (i) the Company is permitted at the time of exercise to complete the requested repurchase pursuant to law, (ii) the Company receives a capital adequacy opinion satisfactory to the Company’s Board of Directors prior to the closing of the repurchase, and (iii) the repurchase would not be in violation of any contract, agreement, instrument, arrangement, commitment, understanding or undertaking to which the Company is a party or otherwise bound.

In October 2011, the Company issued a letter of credit to a company owned by a relative of the Executive Chairman as a guarantee of a related party’s line of credit. The maximum available to be drawn on the line of credit is $4.0 million. The Company’s exposure with respect to the letter of credit is supported by a reimbursement agreement from the related party, secured by a pledge of assets and stock of the related party. A liability in the amount of $4.0 million was recorded within other operating expense and accrued liabilities in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. This guarantee liability for the full amount of $4.0 million remained in accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014. The Company’s letter of credit was originally due to expire in July 2012 and prior to expiration was amended each year thereafter to extend the expiration date by one year. The letter of credit was most recently amended to extend the guarantee of the related party’s line of credit until July 2015.

76


The Company and the related party negotiated an arrangement during the third quarter of 2014, whereby the Company agreed not to pursue the pledged collateral for a period of time not extending beyond May 5, 2016 (the “Forbearance Period”) in the event the line of credit is drawn upon in exchange for the related party’s pledge to the Company of 15,625 shares of Goodman Networks common stock.  In addition, the Company agreed to discharge and deem paid-in-full all obligations of the related party to the Company if on or prior to the end of the Forbearance Period, the related party makes a cash payment to the Company in the amount of $1.5 million plus interest at a rate of 2.0% per annum from September 25, 2014, among other things. Pursuant to the agreement the Company agreed to instruct the lender to draw on the letter of credit. As a result of the agreement reached in the third quarter of 2014, the Company recorded other income of $1.5 million in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss and recorded the pledged stock as additional paid-in capital in the consolidated balance sheet. On January 16, 2015, the letter of credit was cancelled and settled in full by the Company for the outstanding $4.0 million. As such, the liability related to the guarantee was released on the respective date and the Company no longer maintains any exposure related to the letter of credit for the related party. The related party paid the Company $1.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 but has not satisfied all of the conditions to cause the related party’s obligation to be deemed paid-in-full.

 

  From time to time, the Company engages in transactions with executive officers, directors, shareholders or their immediate family members of these persons (subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the Credit Facility). These transactions are negotiated between related parties without arm’s length bargaining and, as a result, the terms of these transactions could be different than transactions negotiated between unrelated persons. See Note 9 – Shareholders’ Deficit for a description of these transactions.

 

 

Note 12. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company sponsors a 401(k) retirement savings plan for its employees.  Eligible employees are allowed to contribute a portion of their compensation, not to exceed a specified contribution limit imposed by the Internal Revenue Code.  The Company provides for matching employee contributions equal to 50% on the first 8% of each participant’s compensation.  Employer contributions during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 totaled $3.3 million, $3.4 million and $5.6 million, respectively.

One of the Company’s 401(k) plans allows for a discretionary profit sharing contribution. The Company did not make any contributions toward the profit sharing plan for the year end December 31, 2014 and 2015.

 

 

Note 13. Commitments and Contingencies

General Litigation

The Company is from time to time party to various lawsuits, claims and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. These actions typically seek, among other things, compensation for alleged personal injury, breach of contract and/or property damages, punitive damages, civil penalties or other losses, or injunctive or declaratory relief. Based upon information currently available, the Company believes that the ultimate outcome of all current litigation and other claims, individually and taken together, and except as described herein, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.

Concentration of Credit Risk

A significant portion of the Company’s revenue is derived from two significant customers. In July 2015, AT&T acquired DIRECTV.  The following table reflects the percentage of total revenue from the Company’s significant customers for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Subsidiaries of AT&T Inc., other than DIRECTV

 

71.1

%

 

 

66.5

%

 

 

53.6

%

DIRECTV

 

9.9

%

 

 

20.7

%

 

 

35.7

%

      Total from AT&T Inc., including DIRECTV

 

81.0

%

 

 

87.2

%

 

 

89.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

19.0

%

 

 

12.8

%

 

 

10.7

%

77


Amounts due from these significant customers at December 31, 2014 and 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

Subsidiaries of AT&T Inc., other than DIRECTV

 

 

$

37,955

 

 

$

8,992

 

DIRECTV

 

 

 

13,315

 

 

 

9,835

 

Total

 

 

$

51,270

 

 

$

18,827

 

 

A loss of this customer would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company.

Indemnities

The Company generally indemnifies its customers for services it provides under its contracts which may subject the Company to indemnity claims, liability and related litigations. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company was not aware of any material asserted or unasserted claims in connection with these indemnity obligations.

State Sales Tax

The Company is routinely subject to sales tax audits that could result in additional sales taxes and related interest owed to various taxing authorities. Any additional sales taxes against the Company will be invoiced to the appropriate customer. However, no assurances can be made that such customers would be willing to pay the additional sales tax.

Contract-Related Contingencies and Fair Value Measurements

The Company has certain contingent liabilities related to its acquisitions of Design Build Technologies, LLC (“DBT”) and CSG acquisitions. The Company adjusts these liabilities to fair value at each reporting period. The Company values contingent consideration related to acquisitions on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs such as forecasted net revenue and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and discount rates.  The DBT contingent liability was to be paid over an 18 month period from the date of the acquisition, August 28, 2013. The contingent liability expired as of September 2015.  The CSG liability would have been required to paid over a 3 year period from the acquisition date of February 28, 2013. The CSG contingent liability expired in March 2016.  The liability related to both of these contingent consideration arrangements was $0.7 million and $0 as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

The changes in contingent liabilities are as follows for the year ending December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

Balance as December 31, 2014

 

$

726

 

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 

 

(726

)

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

$

-

 

78


 

 

Note 14. Income Taxes

The net deferred income tax liability results from temporary differences as follows (in thousands):

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

$

8,026

 

 

$

5,827

 

Inventories

 

3,423

 

 

 

2,113

 

Anticipated losses on contracts in progress

 

528

 

 

 

329

 

Accounts receivable reserve

 

334

 

 

 

41

 

Other

 

782

 

 

 

860

 

Net operating losses

 

7,449

 

 

 

38,885

 

Share based compensation

 

5,194

 

 

 

7,264

 

Credit carryforwards

 

1,837

 

 

 

1,837

 

Workers compensation

 

4,384

 

 

 

3,191

 

Prepaid expenses – non-current

 

-

 

 

 

444

 

Revenue and cost of revenue

 

2,719

 

 

 

-

 

Valuation allowance

 

(28,610

)

 

 

(54,494

)

Total deferred tax assets

 

6,066

 

 

 

6,297

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue and cost of revenues

 

-

 

 

 

(2,786

)

Prepaid expenses

 

(719

)

 

 

(650

)

Intangibles

 

(5,882

)

 

 

(4,572

)

Property and equipment

 

(893

)

 

 

(3

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

(7,494

)

 

 

(8,011

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

$

(1,428

)

 

$

(1,714

)

 

In assessing the ability to realize deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of its deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which these temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the projected future taxable income and feasible tax planning strategies in making such an assessment.

The Company’s provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Current federal income tax expense (benefit)

$

791

 

 

$

1,045

 

 

$

(60

)

Current state income tax expense

 

1,000

 

 

 

1,208

 

 

 

827

 

Deferred federal tax expense

 

7,519

 

 

 

7,662

 

 

 

4,269

 

Deferred state tax benefit

 

(1,804

)

 

 

(622

)

 

 

(3,984

)

Provision for income taxes

$

7,506

 

 

$

9,293

 

 

$

1,052

 

 

 

The Company’s income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 differed from the statutory federal rate as follows (in thousands):

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Statutory rate applied to income before income taxes

$

(12,506

)

 

$

(1,970

)

 

$

(22,907

)

Valuation allowance

 

17,557

 

 

 

10,189

 

 

 

25,884

 

Permanent non-deductible items

 

1,702

 

 

 

335

 

 

 

127

 

State income taxes, net of federal income tax effect

 

(545

)

 

 

237

 

 

 

(2,052

)

Alternative Minimum Tax

 

-

 

 

 

1,044

 

 

 

-

 

Other

 

1,298

 

 

 

(542

)

 

 

-

 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

$

7,506

 

 

$

9,293

 

 

$

1,052

 

 

79


At December 31, 2015, the Company had approximately $93.8 million and $184.3 million of net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively. The federal net operating loss will begin to expire in 2027. The state net operating losses expiration started in 2015.  The net operating loss associated with the Merger was $10.4 million at December 31, 2015 and are limited under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”).  The Company is limited to $2.5 million of the $10.4 million in loss carryforwards in 2015 and for each year thereafter.

In assessing the ability to realize deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of its deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which these temporary differences become deductible. A valuation allowance has been provided to reduce the deferred tax assets to an amount management believe is more likely than not to be realized.  The valuation allowance totaled $54.5 million as of December 31, 2015, and relates primarily to deferred tax assets associated with certain federal and state net operating loss carryforwards and non-current deferred tax assets.

The Company filed an Application for Change in Accounting Method on Form 3115, with the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”)  on December 31, 2012 to recognize revenue under a proper accrual method or percentage of completion method for federal and state income tax purposes. The Company received consent from the IRS for these accounting method changes in 2013. The effect of the change in accounting was to defer the recognition of revenue to tax years later than 2011.  As of December 31, 2013, the Company recorded a receivable of $13.0 million related to change in the recognition of revenue which resulted in net operating losses that were carried back to prior years; this refund was received during the first quarter of 2014.

The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. and various state jurisdictions. The Company may from time to time be assessed interest or penalties by major tax jurisdictions, although any such assessments historically have been minimal and immaterial to its financial results. In the event the Company incurs interest and/or penalties, the amounts will be classified in the financial statements as income tax expense.

The Company includes potential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within its income tax provision account. The combined amount of accrued interest and penalties related to tax positions taken or to be taken on the Company’s tax returns and recorded as part of the reserves for uncertain tax positions was nil as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. To the extent interest and penalties are not assessed with respect to uncertain tax positions or the uncertainty of deductions in the future, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision.

 

In the first quarter of 2014, the Company received a “no change” notice from the IRS related to the tax period ended 2011 audit of Multiband and therefore released $2.1 million of related reserves for uncertain tax positions. In September 2014, the statute of limitations expired for Multiband’s 2010 tax return, and the Company released an additional $2.3 million of reserves for uncertain tax positions. The release of the reserves was recorded as a reduction of the related net operating loss carryforwards. The related release of the accrued interest and penalties is recorded as a current tax benefit.

 

 

Note 15. Segments

The Company primarily operates through three business segments, Infrastructure Services (IS), Field Services (FS) and Professional Services (PS). The Infrastructure Services segment provides program management services of field projects necessary for deploying, upgrading, and maintaining wireless networks. The Field Services segment generates revenue from the installation and service of DIRECTV video programming systems primarily for residents of single family homes under a contract with DIRECTV. The Professional Services segment provides customers with highly technical services primarily related to installing, testing, and commissioning and decommissioning of core, or central office, equipment of wireless carrier networks from a variety of vendors. Other Services included the Company’s multi-dwelling unit and energy, engineering and construction services lines of business.

 

On December 31, 2013, the Company sold certain assets to DIRECTV MDU, and DIRECTV MDU assumed certain liabilities of the Company, related to the division of the Company’s business involved with the ownership and operation of subscription based video, high-speed internet and voice services and related call center functions to multiple dwelling unit customers, lodging and institution customers and commercial establishments (such assets are collectively referred to as the “MDU Assets”). The operations of the MDU Assets were previously reported in the Company’s Other Services segment. In addition, in 2014, the Company integrated the EE&C line of business with the Infrastructure Services and Professional Services segments, and as a result the Company no longer has an Other Services segment.

80


 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IS

 

 

FS

 

 

PS

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

Corporate

 

Total

 

Revenues

$

715,518

 

 

$

88,240

 

 

$

111,468

 

 

 

$

16,519

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

931,745

 

Cost of revenues

 

622,438

 

 

 

77,899

 

 

 

91,597

 

 

 

 

14,175

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

806,109

 

Gross profit

$

93,080

 

 

$

10,341

 

 

$

19,871

 

 

 

$

2,344

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

125,636

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

121,106

 

 

121,106

 

Operating income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,530

 

Other income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(25

)

 

(25

)

Interest expense, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,287

 

 

40,287

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(35,732

)

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,506

 

 

7,506

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(43,238

)

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IS

 

 

FS

 

 

PS

 

 

 

Other

 

 

Corporate

 

Total

 

Revenues

$

837,982

 

 

$

261,326

 

 

$

99,880

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

1,199,188

 

Cost of revenues

 

707,616

 

 

 

225,441

 

 

 

92,380

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,025,437

 

Gross profit

$

130,366

 

 

$

35,885

 

 

$

7,500

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

173,751

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

122,792

 

 

122,792

 

Restructuring expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,998

 

 

9,998

 

Impairment expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,254

 

 

3,254

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,285

)

 

(3,285

)

Operating income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,992

 

Other income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(71

)

 

(71

)

Interest expense, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46,694

 

 

46,694

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,631

)

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,293

 

 

9,293

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(14,924

)

 

 

 

Year Ended December  31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IS

 

 

FS

 

 

PS

 

 

 

Other

 

 

Corporate

 

Total

 

Revenues

$

391,796

 

 

$

261,581

 

 

$

71,679

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

725,056

 

Cost of revenues

 

359,603

 

 

 

215,378

 

 

 

63,617

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

638,598

 

Gross profit

$

32,193

 

 

$

46,203

 

 

$

8,062

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

86,458

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92,993

 

 

92,993

 

Restructuring expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,653

 

 

11,653

 

Impairment expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,336

 

 

3,336

 

Operating loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21,524

)

Interest expense, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,925

 

 

43,925

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(65,449

)

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,052

 

 

1,052

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(66,501

)

 

Total assets by segment for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 are presented below (in thousands):

 

81


 

Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IS

 

 

FS

 

 

PS

 

 

 

Corporate

 

 

Total

 

 

Total Assets

$

183,172

 

 

$

119,026

 

 

$

56,515

 

 

 

$

55,347

 

 

$

414,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IS

 

 

FS

 

 

PS

 

 

 

Corporate

 

 

Total

 

 

Total Assets

$

72,269

 

 

$

112,103

 

 

$

44,824

 

 

 

$

23,895

 

 

$

253,091

 

 

 

 

 

Note 16. Restructuring Activities

During the second quarter of 2014, the Company’s management approved, committed to and initiated plans to implement the 2014 Restructuring Plan.  The restructuring costs associated with the 2014 Restructuring Plan are recorded in the restructuring expense line item within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.  The Company incurred a significant portion of the estimated restructuring expenses through 2014 and 2015.  Any changes to the remaining estimates of executing the 2014 Restructuring Plan will be reflected in the 2016 results of operations.

The following tables summarize the activities associated with restructuring liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, (in thousands), all of which are included in accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.  In the table below, “Charges” represents the initial charge related to the restructuring activity.  “Payments” consists of cash payments for severance, employee-related benefits, lease and other contract termination costs, and other restructuring costs.

 

 

 

 

 

Liability at

December 31, 2014

 

 

Charges

 

 

Cash payments and other non-cash transactions

 

 

Liability at December 31, 2015

 

Severance and employee-related benefits

$

2,401

 

 

$

11,653

 

 

$

(8,680

)

 

$

5,374

 

Other restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total 2014 Restructuring Plan

$

2,401

 

 

$

11,653

 

 

$

(8,680

)

 

$

5,374

 

 

The following table summarizes the inception to date restructuring costs recognized and the total restructuring costs expected to be recognized in the 2014 Restructuring Plan (in thousands):

 

 

As of December 31, 2015

 

 

Total Costs Recognized To Date

 

 

Total Expected Program Cost

 

Severance and employee-related benefits

$

17,299

 

 

$

21,040

 

Contract termination costs

 

10

 

 

 

140

 

Impairment of intangible assets

 

3,904

 

 

 

3,904

 

Other restructuring costs

 

438

 

 

 

(84

)

Total 2014 Restructuring Plan

$

21,651

 

 

$

25,000

 

 

 

 

82


 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.  

Not applicable.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Background

Since December 23, 2013, we have been required to comply with certain aspects of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, that we have previously not been required to comply with. For example, beginning with our first periodic report in 2014, we are required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires our management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports. We are also subject to and required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This standard requires management to establish and maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting and make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. We were required to make our first assessment of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 which is the year-end following the year that our first annual report was filed or required to be filed with the SEC. Because we are currently a debt only filer, our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. To better ensure compliance with the requirements of being a public company, in 2014, we upgraded our systems, including information technology, implemented additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures and hired additional accounting, financial reporting and internal audit staff.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of December 31, 2015, an evaluation was carried out by our management, with the participation of our Executive Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, regarding the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act). In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) based on their 1992 framework of control components. The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined by regulations of  the SEC, means controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the report is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information we are required to disclose in the reports is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions to be made regarding required disclosure.

Based upon that evaluation, our management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2015, our internal control over financial reporting is effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act, as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

·

pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

 

·

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorization of our management and directors; and

 

·

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

83


 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting at December 31, 2015. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our assessment, management concluded that, at December 31, 2015, our internal control over financial reporting is effective.

 

Item 9B. Other Information.  

None.

 

 

 

84


 

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Directors

Our directors and their respective ages and positions as of March 30, 2016 are set forth below.

 

Name

 

Age

 

Positions

Ron B. Hill

 

53

 

Director, President, Chief Executive Officer and Executive Chairman

John A. Goodman

 

48

 

Director

J. Samuel Crowley

 

65

 

Director

Steven L. Elfman

 

60

 

Director

Larry J. Haynes

 

65

 

Director

Ron B. Hill is our President, Chief Executive Officer and Executive Chairman. Mr. Hill has served as a director since 2011, our Executive Chairman since March 2015, as our Chief Executive Officer since January 2012 and as our President since May 2010. He previously served as our Chief Operating Officer from May 2010 until February 2013, as our Executive Vice President of Professional Services from July 2008 until May 2010. Mr. Hill is a seasoned telecom executive with over 30 years of global operational management experience in sales, services and engineering, spending the majority of his time in technical and strategic roles including the turn-around of a global engineering services segment. Mr. Hill began his career in 1985 with AT&T’s Consumer Products Division in Atlanta. Mr. Hill also served as the Vice President of Network Engineering-Integration and Optimization for Alcatel-Lucent from June 2002 until June 2008. In 1997, he earned a master’s degree in business administration from the Kellogg School of Business at Northwestern University.

Mr. Hill’s experience in the telecommunications industry, as well as his service as our Chief Executive Officer and his previous experience as an executive in the telecommunications industry, provide our Board of Directors with unique and valuable business and leadership experience. Our Board of Directors also benefits from his extensive knowledge of the Company and the telecommunications industry, and from his deep understanding of our customers, opportunities and workforce.

John A. Goodman has been a member of our Board of Directors since he co-founded us in 2000. He previously served as our Executive Chairman from January 2012 until March 5, 2015 and our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer from our founding in 2000 through January 2012. In addition, John has been a director since August 2013 and the Executive Chairman since June 2014 of Premier One Emergency Centers, LLC, an urgent care facility. Mr. John Goodman’s telecom career spans two decades, beginning with Bell Atlantic Professional Services, where he managed outside and inside plant services in the southwest United States. In 1997, he joined GTE’s Network Operations Center in Irving, Texas, where he supported Fortune 500 companies and provided broadband technical support services domestically. Following the merger of GTE and Bell Atlantic, now known as Verizon, Mr. John Goodman left Verizon in 2000 to co-found our Company. Mr. John Goodman holds a bachelor’s degree in business administration from Texas Tech University.

Mr. John Goodman’s experience in co-founding the Company and service as a current member of the Board of Directors and former Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer provides our Board of Directors with extensive business and leadership experience. Our Board of Directors also benefits from his extensive knowledge of the Company and the telecommunications industry, and from his deep understanding of our challenges, competition and customers.

J. Samuel Crowley. Mr. Crowley was appointed to our Board of Directors in April 2014. Mr. Crowley currently consults both large and small firms in several industries in the areas of strategy, technology, new concept development, customer service, culture and operational structure and efficiency. Previously, Mr. Crowley served as the Chief Operating Officer of Gold’s Gym International from November 2005 to November 2007 and as the Senior Vice President of New Ventures for Michael’s Stores from August 2002 to 2004. From April 2000 to September 2002, Mr. Crowley was a Business Strategy Consultant for Insider Marketing. Mr. Crowley was also a co-founder of CompUSA, Inc. and served as its Executive Vice President of Operations from 1992 to 2000. Mr. Crowley is currently a member of the Board of Directors of United States Cellular Corporation, a position that he has held since 1998. He has also served as the chair of United States Cellular Corporation’s Audit Committee since 2001. Mr. Crowley holds a bachelor’s degree in English from Rice University and a master’s degree in business administration from The University of Texas at Dallas.

Mr. Crowley’s substantial experience and expertise in management and operations as well as his significant involvement in the telecommunications industry provides our board with considerable business and leadership experience.

85


 

Steven L. Elfman. Mr. Elfman was appointed to our Board of Directors in April 2014. Mr. Elfman served as the President of Network Operations and Wholesale at Sprint Corp. from 2008 to 2014. He previously served as the Chief Operating Officer of Motricity, a mobile data technology company, from January 2008 to May 2008 and as Executive Vice President of Infospace Mobile (currently Motricity) from July 2003 to December 2007. From May 2003 to July 2003, he was an independent consultant working with Accenture Ltd., a consulting company. Mr. Elfman also served as Executive Vice President of Operations of Terabeam Corporation, a communications company, from May 2000 to May 2003, and as Chief Information Officer of AT&T Wireless from June 1997 to May 2000. Mr. Elfman holds a bachelor’s degree in computer science and business from the University of Western Ontario.

Mr. Elfman’s experience serving in numerous executive roles in the telecommunications industry provides our Board of Directors with extensive business and leadership experience.

Larry J. Haynes. Mr. Haynes was appointed to our Board of Directors in April 2014. Pursuant to his offer letter, we agreed to nominate Mr. Haynes to serve on our Board of Directors for two years. Mr. Haynes brings with him a wealth of financial and accounting experience gained during his time as a tax partner at the accounting firm of Ernst & Young LLP, at which he worked from 1978 until his retirement there in June 2010. During his time at Ernst & Young LLP, Mr. Haynes worked primarily with high growth public, venture and private equity backed private companies in technology, consumer products and the services sectors. Following retirement from Ernst & Young LLP in June 2010, Mr. Haynes accepted a position as Executive Relationship Consultant at Smith Frank Partners, LLC, an asset planning, risk management and wealth strategies firm, and also a position as Senior Adviser with Athens Partners, which assists professional services firms. Mr. Haynes serves on numerous boards, including Southwestern University’s Board of Trustees, the Texas A&M Baylor Oral Health Foundation Board, in which he serves on the Executive Committee and as Chair of the Audit Committee, the Texas Methodist Foundation Board during 2014 and the Texas Methodist Foundation in Austin, Texas. Mr. Haynes earned a BBA in accounting and economics from Southwestern University in 1972 and a Masters in Professional Accounting with a tax concentration from the University of Texas at Austin in 1978. Mr. Haynes’ experience as a tax partner at one of the nation’s leading accounting firms as well as his experience serving on numerous boards provides our Board of Directors with financial expertise as well as unique and valuable leadership experience.

Executive Officers

Our executive officers and their respective ages and positions as of March 30, 2016 are set forth below.

 

Name

 

Age

 

Positions

Ron B. Hill

 

53

 

Director, Chief Executive Officer and President

Joy L. Brawner ………………………………………………

 

60

 

Chief Financial Officer

Ernest J. Carey

 

63

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

 

The biography of Mr. Hill is set forth under the heading “—Directors.”

 

Joy L. Brawner has served as our Chief Financial Officer since October 2015. Prior to such appointment, she served as our Chief Accounting Officer from December 2013. Ms. Brawner has 30 years of experience in accounting, auditing, financial reporting and management.  Prior to joining our company in December 2013, Ms. Brawner served as the chief accounting officer of SourceHOV Holdings, Inc., a multi-national provider of transaction processing services and knowledge process optimization, from August 2012. Ms. Brawner served as an Audit Partner with McGladrey LLP, an accounting firm, from September 2008 and was previously an audit manager/director from 2002.  Ms. Brawner began her audit career at Arthur Andersen LLP in 1996. She is a Certified Public Accountant and holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting Control Systems from the University of North Texas.

 

Ernest J. Carey was appointed our Chief Operating Officer in December 2014. Mr. Carey most recently served as the Senior Vice President of Construction and Engineering of AT&T Inc., where he was responsible for the planning, design, construction and capital maintenance of AT&T Inc.’s wireline and wireless network infrastructure in the United States since March 2008. Previously, Mr. Carey served as Senior Vice President of Network Services for Southwestern Bell Telephone Company (d/b/a AT&T Southwest), a wholly owned subsidiary of AT&T Inc., and was responsible for the customer provisioning, repair, construction and maintenance of network infrastructure in the southwest United States from July 2007 to March 2008. Prior to July 2007, Mr. Carey served as Vice President of Advanced Network Technologies for AT&T Inc. Mr. Carey began his career at Southwestern Bell Corporation (“SBC”) in 1974 and progressed through a series of operating, engineering and marketing positions until he joined AT&T Inc. following the merger of AT&T Inc. and SBC in 2005. Mr. Carey holds a Master’s degree in Business Administration from the University of Dallas and a Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration from Texas A&M Corpus Christi.

86


 

Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors is currently comprised of five directors, Ron B. Hill, John A. Goodman, J. Samuel Crowley, Steven L. Elfman and Larry J. Haynes. Our second amended and restated bylaws permit our Board of Directors to establish by resolution the number of directors, and five directors are currently authorized.

Director Independence

Because we do not have any securities on a national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation systems, we are not subject to a number of the corporate governance requirements of the SEC or any national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system. For example, we are not required to have a Board of Directors comprised of a majority of independent directors.

Our Board of Directors has, however, undertaken a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our Board of Directors has determined that Samuel Crowley, Steven Elfman and Larry Haynes do not have any relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of NASDAQ. In making this determination, our Board of Directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our Board of Directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors currently has one standing committee – the audit committee. Our Board of Directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee currently consists of J. Samuel Crowley, Steven L. Elfman and Larry J. Haynes. The chair of our audit committee is Samuel Crowley. Our Board of Directors has determined that J. Samuel Crowley is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of the SEC regulations and is “independent” under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. Our Board of Directors has also determined that each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with applicable requirements. In arriving at these determinations, the Board of Directors has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their employment in the corporate finance sector. The functions of this committee include:

 

·

selecting a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

·

helping to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

·

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

·

developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

·

reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

·

reviewing related party transactions;

 

·

approving (or, as permitted, pre-approving) all audit and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Certain Relationships

There are no family relationships among our directors and executive officers. To our knowledge, there have been no material legal proceedings as described in Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K that are material to an evaluation of the ability or integrity of any of our directors or executive officers (in the last ten years), or our promoters or control persons (in the last five years).

87


 

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to all of our employees, including employees of our subsidiaries, as well as each of our directors and certain persons performing services for us. The code of ethics addresses, among other things, competition and fair dealing, conflicts of interest, financial matters and external reporting, Company funds and assets, confidentiality and corporate opportunity requirements and the process for reporting violations of the code of ethics, employee misconduct, improper conflicts of interest or other violations. We will provide a copy of our code of ethics without charge upon written request to Goodman Networks Incorporated, Attention: Monty West, 2801 Network Boulevard, Suite 300, Frisco, Texas 75034. If we amend or grant a waiver of one or more of the provisions of our Code of Ethics, we intend to satisfy the requirements under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding the disclosure of amendments to, or waivers from, provisions of our Code of Ethics that apply to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers by posting the required information on our website.

Changes in Nomination Procedures

There have been no changes to the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to our Board of Directors in the past year.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The purpose of this Compensation Discussion and Analysis is to provide information about each material element of compensation that we pay or award to, or that is earned by: (i) the individual who served as our principal executive officer during fiscal 2015; (ii) the individuals who served as our principal financial officer during fiscal 2015; (iii) our three most highly compensated executive officers, other than the individuals who served as our principal executive officer or principal financial officer, who were serving as executive officers, as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, as of December 31, 2015, with compensation during fiscal year 2015 of $100,000 or more, and (iv) two additional individuals for whom disclosure would have been provided pursuant to clause (iii) but for the fact that such individuals were not serving as executive officers on December 31, 2015, or our named executive officers (“NEOs”), and to explain the numerical and related information contained in the tables presented elsewhere in this prospectus. For our 2015 fiscal year, our NEOs and the positions in which they served are:

 

·

Ron B. Hill, President, Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Executive Chairman;

 

·

John A. Goodman, former Chief Strategy Officer (1);

 

·

Joy L. Brawner, Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) (2);

 

·

Geoffrey W. Miller, former interim CFO (3);

 

·

Craig E. Holmes, former CFO (2);

 

·

Ernest J. Carey, Chief Operating Officer (“COO”)(3);

 

·

Cari T. Shyiak, former President of Professional Services (3);

 

(1)

Mr. Goodman resigned from his position as our Chief Strategy Officer effective March 5, 2015.

(2)

Mr. Holmes was appointed as our CFO and principal financial officer effective December 2, 2014. Effective March 13, 2015, Mr. Holmes resigned from his position as our CFO and principal financial officer.

(3)

Mr. Geoffrey Miller was appointed as interim CFO and principal financial officer effective March 13, 2015 and served until Joy L. Brawner was appointed as our CFO and principal financial officer effective October 8, 2015.  

Mr. Shyiak served as our COO until December 2, 2014, when Mr. Carey was appointed as our COO and Mr. Shyiak was appointed as our President of Professional Services. Effective November 27, 2015, Mr. Shyiak retired from his position as President of Professional Services.

  

 

The following Compensation Discussion and Analysis should be read in conjunction with the “Summary Compensation Table” and related tables that are presented under the “Compensation Information” heading below.

Change in Officers During and After the 2015 Fiscal Year

Effective March 5, 2015, we entered into a separation and release agreement with John A. Goodman pursuant to which we ended our employment relationship with Mr. Goodman as of February 15, 2015. Mr. Goodman will continue to serve as a member of

88


 

our Board of Directors and we expect that Mr. Goodman will continue to play a key role in our business. In connection with the transition, Mr. Hill was appointed as our Executive Chairman and the Chairman of our Board of Directors. For additional information regarding our separation and release agreement with Mr. Goodman, see “Executive Compensation—Compensation Information—Narrative Disclosure Regarding Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—John A. Goodman.”

Effective March 13, 2015, Mr. Holmes resigned from his position as our CFO. In connection with Mr. Holmes’ resignation, we appointed Geoffrey W. Miller to serve as our interim CFO, effective March 13, 2015. Mr. Miller served as our CFO and principal financial officer until the appointment of our permanent CFO, Joy Brawner, on October 8, 2015.

Effective November 27, 2015, Mr. Shyiak retired from his position as President of Professional Service.

Overview of Compensation Policies and Objectives

As a privately held company, we have not had a formal compensation committee and, instead, have been operating under the direction of our Board of Directors. When performing the functions of a typical compensation committee, the Board of Directors confers with our CEO, Ron B. Hill. The Board of Directors has historically made decisions in relation to the compensation of our CEO, and our CEO makes decisions in relation to the compensation of our other NEOs..

General compensation arrangements are guided by the following principles and business objectives:

 

·

Align the interests of our executive officers with our company’s interests by tying both short-term (annual) and any long-term incentive compensation to financial and operational performance culminating in the creation of enterprise value.

 

·

Attract and retain high caliber executives and key personnel by offering total compensation that is competitive with that offered by companies with which we compete for employees and rewards personal performance.

 

·

Support business growth and financial results.

Historically, we have generally not used, and have not had the need to use, many of the more formal compensation practices and policies employed by publicly traded companies subject to the executive compensation disclosure rules of the SEC and Section 162(m) of the Code.

Compensation Decision-Making

Role of Our CEO in Compensation Decisions

During 2015, as a private company, our executive compensation program was overseen by our Board of Directors in consultation with our CEO and our Human Resources group. The Board of Directors conducted its own evaluation of the compensation our CEO, Ron B. Hill. The Board of Directors generally approves any changes to the base salary levels of our CEO and bonus opportunities, as well as other annual compensation components for all of our NEOs. Mr. Hill reviewed the compensation for all of our NEOs other than himself and Mr. Goodman and made compensation decisions or recommendations to the Board of Directors with respect to such persons.

Use of Peer Groups

Currently, we do not utilize consultants or specific peer groups in developing the compensation packages for our executive officers. However, we do utilize general industry survey data to benchmark our executive officers’ total cash compensation against companies of a similar size and scope. This data, coupled with input from our CEO and our Human Resources group, is used to establish our executive officers’ compensation packages. In the future, we may establish a compensation committee that will have the discretion to utilize consultants and/or more formal benchmarking and peer group analyses in determining and developing compensation packages for our executive officers; however, we do not currently have plans to establish such a committee.

Compensation Policies and Practices as They Relate to Risk Management

The Board of Directors has reviewed our compensation policies as generally applicable to our employees and believes that our policies do not encourage excessive and unnecessary risk-taking, and that the level of risk that they do encourage is not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us. Our compensation mix is comprised of (i) fixed components such as annual base salary and benefits and (ii) annual incentives that reward our overall financial performance. We do not currently provide long-term equity compensation on an annual basis. Equity grants are made from time to time to attract and retain key employees. Although a portion of the compensation provided to NEOs is based on our performance or the individual successes of the employee, we believe our

89


 

compensation programs do not encourage excessive and unnecessary risk taking by executive officers (or other employees) because these programs are designed to encourage employees to remain focused on both our short- and long-term operational and financial goals.

Objectives of Our Executive Compensation Program

Our compensation program is designed to reward, in both the short-term and the long-term, performance that contributes to the implementation of our corporate and business unit specific strategies, as well as maintenance of our culture and values in achievement of our objectives. In addition, we reward qualities that we believe help achieve our business strategies such as teamwork, individual performance in light of general economic and industry-specific conditions, relationships with vendors, level of job responsibility, industry experience and general professional growth.

Elements of Our Compensation Program

Our compensation and benefits programs have historically consisted of the following components, which are described in greater detail below:

 

·

Base salary;

 

·

Annual and discretionary cash bonuses;

 

·

Equity-based awards (from time to time);

 

·

Participation in broad-based retirement, health and welfare benefits;

 

·

Severance benefits and change of control protections; and

 

·

Perquisites.

Base Salary

The annual base salaries of our NEOs are set with the objective of attracting and retaining highly qualified individuals for the relevant positions and rewarding individual performance. When negotiating salary levels in connection with hiring an executive officer, and also when subsequently adjusting individual executive salary levels, we generally consider benchmarks of the range of market median salaries at similarly sized companies as reported by general industry survey data. Additionally, we consider the executive officer’s responsibilities, experience, potential and individual performance and contribution to our business. Finally, consideration is also given to other factors such as the unique skills of the executive officer, demand in the labor market and succession planning. None of these factors are subject to any specific performance targets or given a specific weighting in the compensation decision-making process. We do not engage consultants to conduct any salary surveys [or undertake any formal peer group analysis for purposes of determining the compensation of our NEOs.

We determined that the annual base salaries payable to our NEOs as of the end of each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 would be set as follows:

  

 

 

Annual Base Salary as of
December 31,

 

 

 

Name

 

 

2014

 

 

 

2015

 

 

 

Change

 

Ron B. Hill

 

$

1,100,000

 

 

$

1,100,000

 

 

$

 

John A. Goodman

 

 

1,050,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,050,000

 

Joy L. Brawner

 

 

230,000

 

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

70,000

 

Geoffrey W. Miller

 

 

343,112

(1)

 

 

388,460

(1)

 

 

45,348

 

Craig E. Holmes

 

 

350,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ernest J. Carey

 

 

450,000

 

 

 

450,000

 

 

 

 

Cari T. Shyiak

 

 

450,000

 

 

 

450,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents amount paid to Tatum (as defined below) for Mr. Miller’s services. See “Executive Compensation— Compensation Information—Narrative Disclosure Regarding Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Geoff Miller” for a description of the arrangement with Tatum.

 

Effective May 1, 2014, we made the following adjustments to the annual base salaries of our NEOs: we increased Ron B. Hill’s annual base salary from $650,000 to $1,000,000; we increased John A. Goodman’s annual base salary from $750,000 to $1,100,000; and we increased Cari T. Shyiak’s annual base salary from $400,000 to $450,000. The Company approved these base pay increases

90


 

based on (i) a review of benchmarked salary survey data, (ii) the increased size and scope of the Company in 2014 as compared to 2013 and (iii) the effect of increased base pay as a retention tool. Additionally, effective September 6, 2014, we increased the annual base salary for Mr. Hill to $1,100,000 and changed the base salary for Mr. Goodman to $1,050,000. These changes were based solely on an evaluation of the annual base salaries of Messrs. Hill and Goodman conducted by the Board of Directors, pursuant to which it determined that Mr. Hill should receive base compensation in excess of Mr. Goodman due to Mr. Hill’s role as CEO.

In connection with Craig E. Holmes’ appointment as our CFO, effective December 2, 2014, and Ernest J. Carey’s appointment as our COO, effective December 8, 2014, we set the annual base salary of Mr. Holmes at $350,000 and the annual base salary of Mr. Carey at $450,000. In setting the compensation of Messrs. Holmes and Carey,  our CEO reviewed market data provided by our VP of Compensation related to executive officer compensation and considered the individual experience, expertise and strategic importance of each such executive to the future success of our business.

In connection with the appointment of Joy Brawner to the Chief Financial Officer position, the annual base salary of $300,000 was established. The compensation was set based on market data related to the chief financial officer compensation with other companies. Additionally consideration was given to the individual experience, expertise and strategic importance of the executive.

Bonus Plan

Pursuant to their employment agreements, each of our NEOs, other than Geoffrey Miller, is or was eligible to earn an annual cash bonus up to a specified percentage of such executive officer’s salary under the Goodman Networks Incorporated Executive Management Bonus Plan that we amended and restated in 2009, or the Bonus Plan. See “Executive Compensation—Compensation Information—Narrative Disclosure Regarding Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table” for a description of the employment agreements we have entered with each of our NEOs. The purpose of the Bonus Plan is to encourage superior performance by and among our executive officers and to recognize their contributions to our success and profitability. Bonuses under the Bonus Plan have historically been paid in April of the year following the year in which the bonus was earned.

Pursuant to the Bonus Plan, our NEOs, other than Mr. Miller, are or were eligible for a bonus equal to a percentage of their respective base salary that varies based upon whether we have met during the fiscal year certain target earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, and target revenue levels set by the Board of Directors as the administrator of the Bonus Plan. We have structured the Bonus Plan such that the threshold incentive will be paid if we achieve 100% of the target EBITDA and 90% of the target revenue, the target incentive will be paid if we achieve 120% of the target EBITDA and 90% of the target revenue, and the maximum incentive will be paid if we achieve 140% of the target EBITDA and 95% of the target revenue. However, the Board of Directors may also take into account the individual performance of a participant, as well as our overall financial performance, and adjust the bonus payable to any participant to an amount less than or greater than would otherwise be payable pursuant to the guidelines set forth in the Bonus Plan relating to EBITDA and revenue levels.

The table that follows sets forth the threshold, target and maximum incentive opportunities set for the NEOs for 2015. Following discussion with our CEO, our Board of Directors set the 2015 target EBITDA at $29.4 million and the 2015 target revenue at $844.0 million, such that the target incentive would be paid if we were to achieve 120% of the target EBITDA, or $35.3 million, and 90% of the target revenue, or $759.6 million. In setting these levels, the Board of Directors considered prior year actual revenue and actual EBITDA margin, projected revenue and an appropriate EBITDA margin.

91


 

Bonus Plan Performance Goals and Estimated Payouts

Fiscal Year 2015

 

Name

 

Base

Salary

 

 

Threshold

 

 

Target

 

 

Maximum

 

Financial Measurements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA

 

 

 

 

 

$

29,400,000

 

 

$

35,280,000

 

 

$

41,160,000

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

759,600,000

 

 

 

759,600,000

 

 

 

801,800,000

 

Ron B. Hill

 

$

1,100,000

 

 

$

440,000

 

 

$

770,000

 

 

$

1,100,000

 

% of base salary earned at each level

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

%

 

 

70

%

 

 

100

%

John A. Goodman

 

 

1,050,000

 

 

 

420,000

 

 

 

770,000

 

 

 

1,050,000

 

% of base salary earned at each level

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

%

 

 

70

%

 

 

100

%

Joy L. Brawner

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

105,000

 

 

 

150,000

 

 

 

210,000

 

% of base salary earned at each level

 

 

 

 

 

 

35

%

 

 

50

%

 

 

70

%

Craig E. Holmes

 

 

350,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% of base salary earned at each level

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ernest J. Carey

 

 

450,000

 

 

 

157,500

 

 

 

225,000

 

 

 

315,000

 

% of base salary earned at each level

 

 

 

 

 

 

35

%

 

 

50

%

 

 

70

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cari T. Shyiak

 

 

450,000

 

 

 

157,500

 

 

 

225,000

 

 

 

315,000

 

% of base salary earned at each level

 

 

 

 

 

 

35

%

 

 

50

%

 

 

70

%

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we met our target revenue at the maximum level or minimum threshold level of EBITDA. Based on the significant decrease in our EBITDA year over year and not meeting the threshold level for our target revenue, the Board of Directors did not approve a payout of any bonuses under the Bonus Plan to any of our NEOs  for the year ended 2015.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we expect our NEOs to receive the following payments under the Bonus Plan:

 

Name

 

Cash Bonus

Ron B. Hill

 

$

John A. Goodman

 

 

Joy L. Brawner

 

 

Craig E. Holmes

 

 

Ernest J. Carey

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cari T. Shyiak

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, our NEOs received the following payments under the Bonus Plan:

 

Name

 

Cash Bonus

Ron B. Hill

 

$

1,100,000

John A. Goodman

 

 

1,050,000

Craig E. Holmes

 

 

Ernest J. Carey

 

 

70,000

Cari T. Shyiak

 

 

225,000

During the year ended December 31, 2014, we met our target revenue at the maximum level but did not achieve the minimum threshold level of EBITDA. In our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 (the “2014 Form 10-K”), we reported that, based on the significant increase in our EBITDA over the prior year and our meeting the threshold level for our target revenue, the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, approved a payout of bonuses at the target level to our NEOs that were employed with us for the 2014 year. In addition, the Board of Directors determined to waive the Target EBITDA metric at the maximum level for Mr. Goodman and Mr. Hill because of their collective business development contributions to our Company.

Annual Retention Bonuses.

Pursuant to their employment agreements, certain of our NEOs are entitled to an annual retention bonus up to a specified percentage of such executive officer’s salary. See “Executive Compensation—Compensation Information—Narrative Disclosure Regarding Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table” for a description of the employment agreements we have entered with each of our NEOs. The purpose of the annual retention bonuses is to incentivize such NEOs to continue their

92


 

employment with us and to promote stability among our leadership team. Annual retention bonuses are paid on December 31st of each calendar year. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we awarded annual retention bonuses, grossed-up for the payment of taxes, to the following NEOs in the amounts listed below:

 

Name

 

% of Base

Salary Earned

 

 

Annual Retention
Bonus

 

 

Gross-Up

 

 

Total Annual

Retention Bonus

 

Ron B. Hill

 

 

75

%

 

$

825,000

 

 

$

596,189

 

 

$

1,421,189

 

Ernest J. Carey

 

 

50

%

 

 

225,000

 

 

 

166,416

 

 

 

391,416

 

 

Discretionary Bonuses.

In addition, we have historically awarded discretionary bonuses to our NEOs. In February 2015 we awarded John Goodman a discretionary bonus of $950,000 in respect to his contributions to business development.  For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Board of Directors did not award any discretionary cash bonuses to any other NEO.

 

 

Sign-On Bonuses.

From time to time, we may pay sign-on bonuses to aid in the recruitment of key employees. During 2014, in connection with the appointment of Mr. Holmes as our CFO and the appointment of Mr. Carey as our COO, we paid each of Messrs. Holmes and Carey a sign-on bonus of $80,000. We set these bonuses at a level to ensure that we attract highly skilled executives to the Company and to compensate executives for the lost value of their prior compensation arrangements with their former employers. There were no sign-on bonuses paid during the year ended December 31, 2015.

We believe that successful performance over the long term is aided by the use of equity-based awards, which create an ownership culture among our executive officers that provides an incentive to contribute to the continued growth and development of our business.

On December 29, 2008, we adopted the Goodman Networks Incorporated 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or the 2008 Plan. The 2008 Plan is intended to enable us to remain competitive and innovative in our ability to attract, motivate, reward, and retain the services of key employees, key contractors and outside directors. The 2008 Plan allows for the grant of non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, dividend equivalent rights and other awards that may be granted singly, in combination or in tandem. The 2008 Plan provides flexibility to our compensation methods in order to adapt the compensation of key employees and outside directors to a changing business environment. Subject to certain adjustments, the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be delivered pursuant to awards under the 2008 Plan is 1,000,000 shares. As of March 30, 2016, 571,566 shares remain available for grant pursuant to awards under the 2008 Plan.

Awards under the 2008 Plan are administered by the Board of Directors. During 2014, in connection with the appointment of Craig Holmes as CFO and the appointment of Ernest Carey as COO, and subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, we agreed to award Mr. Holmes and Mr. Carey options representing the right to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock and 12,500 shares of common stock, respectively, at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant under the 2008 Plan. Pursuant to his  employment agreement, we issued Mr. Carey an option to purchase 12,500 shares of common stock under eth 2008 Plan at an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant, $71.28, during the year ended December 31, 2015Because Mr. Holmes resigned from his position as our CFO prior to the approval of an award of his options by our Board of Directors, no options were issued to Mr. Holmes.[On August 7, 2015, the Board of Directors awarded Mr. Hill an option to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per of the fair market value of a share on the date of grant, $71.28.

We also have awards outstanding under the Goodman Networks, Incorporated 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2000 Plan, which was adopted in October 2000 and expired in 2010. As of March 30, 2016, 70,899 shares may be issued pursuant to outstanding awards of stock options to employees and directors, but no additional grants may be made under the 2000 Plan.

Retirement, Health and Welfare Benefits

We offer a variety of health and welfare programs to all eligible employees, including the NEOs other than Mr. Miller, whose benefits were provided by Tatum. The health and welfare programs are intended to protect employees against catastrophic loss and encourage a healthy lifestyle. Our health and welfare programs include medical, pharmacy, dental, disability and life insurance. We also have a 401(k) plan for all full time employees, including the NEOs other than Mr. Miller, in which we match 50% of the first 8%

93


 

of base salary deferred by our employees. Beginning January 1, 2015, our 401(k) plan was amended such that we now match 100% of the first 3% of base salary deferred by our employees and 50% of the next 2% of base salary deferred by our employees.

Severance and Change of Control Benefits

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our NEOs other than Mr. Miller that provide for payments upon termination of the executive’s employment with us in certain circumstances, including a change of control. In addition, the vesting of certain equity awards under the 2008 Plan and the 2000 Plan accelerates upon a change of control. See “Executive Compensation—Compensation Information—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control.”

We believe that the “single trigger” change of control provisions in the employment agreements as well as the equity incentive plans is appropriate for the following reasons:

 

·

to be competitive with what we believe to be the standards for payments upon a “change in control;”

 

·

with regard to equity, employees who remain after a “change in control” are treated the same as the general shareholders who could sell or otherwise transfer their equity upon a “change in control;” and

 

·

because we would not exist in our present form after a “change in control,” NEOs should not be required to have their compensation dependent on the new company.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we entered into a separation and release agreement with Messrs. Goodman and Shyiak. The separation and release agreement generally provide such executives with additional severance benefits in exchange for, among other things, (i) the executive agreeing to extend the duration of their non-competition periods and (ii) executing a general release in our favor. For additional information regarding our separation and release agreements, see “Executive Compensation—Compensation Information—Narrative Disclosure Regarding Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table.”

Perquisites

We also compensate our NEOs with perquisites, which we provide to offer additional incentives for our executives to continue their employment with us and to remain competitive in the general marketplace for executive talent.  In accordance with our view that our executive officers are critical to our performance, we paid for health and country club membership dues during 2015 for Messrs. Hill, Goodman, Carey and Shyiak to help maintain the health and fitness of such executives. Additionally, we paid for financial planning services for each of Messrs. Hill, Goodman, Carey and Shyiak which we believe enabled such executives to perform their job responsibilities with fewer distractions. Effective March 20, 2016, we have eliminated the above perquisites.  In order to ensure that we maintain key employees, we sponsor an executive relocation policy and we typically reimburse NEOs who are required to relocate in connection their employment with us, although we did not pay any such relocation benefits to our NEOs during 2015.

Historically, pursuant to our employment agreements, it has been our policy to provide such executives with leased automobiles for their business and personal use. During 2014, we discontinued this policy and bought out the leases of these automobiles and transferred the respective titles of such automobiles to such executives. No automobile fees were paid during 2015 to our NEOs.

 

We make a gross-up payment to each of our NEOs for the amount of taxes attributable to the foregoing perquisites.

How Elements of Our Compensation Program Are Related to Each Other

We view the various components of compensation as related but distinct with a meaningful portion of total compensation reflecting “pay for performance.” We do not have any formal or informal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between long-term and currently paid out compensation or between cash or non-cash compensation.

Accounting and Tax Considerations

Under Section 162(m) of the Code, a limitation is placed on tax deductions of any publicly held corporation for individual compensation to certain executives of such corporation exceeding $1.0 million in any taxable year, unless the compensation is performance based. Since we have not been a publicly held company, Section 162(m) has not applied to us, and there is an exception to this deductibility limitation for a specified period of time in the case of companies that become publicly held.

 

Compensation Committee Report

94


 

The Board of Directors has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with management. Based on such review and discussion, the Board of Directors recommended the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section be included in this Annual Report.

 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Ron B. Hill

J. Samuel Crowley

Steven L. Elfman

John A. Goodman

Larry J. Haynes

 

95


 

Compensation Information

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the total compensation received by, or earned by, our NEOs during the past fiscal year. This table and the accompanying narrative should be read in conjunction with the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, which sets forth the objectives and other information concerning our executive compensation program.

Summary Compensation Table

Fiscal Year 2015

 Name and Principal Position

 

 

Year

 

Salary
($)

 

 

Bonus
($)

 

 

Stock
Awards (1)
($)

 

 

Option
Awards (1)
($)

 

 

Non-Equity
Incentive

Plan
Compensation
($)

 

 

Change in Pension

Value and
Nonqualified Deferred
Compensation
Earnings

($)

 

 

All Other
Compensation
($)

 

 

Total ($)

 

Ron B. Hill (President, CEO and Executive Chairman)

 

 

2015

 

$

1,145,095

 

 

$

825,000

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

$

722,762

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

$623,177

(3)

 

$

$3,316,034

 

 

 

2014

 

 

1,031,015

(4)

 

 

1,925,000

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

779,877

(6)

 

 

3,735,892

 

 

 

2013

 

 

652,500

 

 

 

942,500

(7)

 

$

2,481,000

(8)

 

 

2,314,478

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,210,343

 

 

 

8,600,821

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joy L. Brawner (CFO) (9)

 

 

2015

 

 

267,605

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

267,605

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Craig E. Holmes (Former CFO) (10)

 

 

2015

 

 

94,231

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

94,231

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

30,962

 

 

 

80,000

(11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

110,962

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Geoffrey Miller (Former interim CFO) (12)

 

 

2015

 

 

388,460

(13)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

388,460

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

343,112

(13)

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

443,112

 

Ernest J. Carey
(COO) (14)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

468,441

 

 

 

225,000

(15)

 

 

 

 

 

 

504,810

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

190,082

(16)

 

 

1,388,333

 

 

 

2014

 

 

31,154

 

 

 

80,000

(17)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

111,154

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

427,524

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

74,135

(19)

 

 

501,659

 

Cari T. Shyiak (Former President of Professional Services) (18)

 

 

2014

 

 

439,423

 

 

 

225,000

(20)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

258,452

(21)

 

 

922,875

 

 

 

 

2013

 

 

345,722

 

 

 

400,000

(22)

 

 

 

 

 

841,628

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

824,498

 

 

 

2,411,848

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John A. Goodman (Former Chief Strategy Officer) (23)

 

 

 

2015

 

 

323,662

 

 

 

950,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,120,322

(24)

 

 

$2,393,984

 

 

 

2014

 

 

1,002,115

 

 

 

1,875,000

(25)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

831,370

(26)

 

 

3,708,485

 

 

 

2013

 

 

752,885

 

 

 

1,087,500

(27)

 

 

 

 

 

2,314,478

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

515,127

 

 

 

4,669,990

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

In accordance with SEC rules, this column reflects the aggregate fair value of the stock awards and option awards granted during the respective fiscal year computed as of their respective grant dates in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 for stock-based compensation transactions (ASC 718). Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015, included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that will be realized by the NEO upon the vesting of the stock awards or option awards, the exercise of the option awards, or the sale of the common stock underlying such stock awards and option awards.

(2)

Represents a retention bonus of $825,000 paid pursuant to Mr. Hill’s employment agreement.

(3)

Includes premiums paid for medical, dental and vision insurance; health and country club dues paid; payments for a financial planner; and gross-ups for the payment of taxes in the aggregate amount of $605,433 on each of the foregoing and his retention bonus.

(4)

Includes a cash payment of $81,400 in lieu of the Company leasing a second automobile for Mr. Hill’s use for which he was otherwise entitled pursuant to his employment agreement.

(5)

Represents a retention bonus of $825,000 paid pursuant to his employment agreement and a bonus of $1,100,000 awarded pursuant to the Bonus Plan paid in 2014 in respect of his performance during 2013.

(6)

Includes premiums paid for medical, dental and vision insurance; reimbursement of out-of-pocket medical expenses; health and country club dues paid; payments by the Company for the lease of a vehicle used by the executive (calculated on a percentage of mileage driven for personal use basis) and to buyout such lease and transfer the title of such vehicle to the executive; gross-ups for the payment of taxes in the aggregate amount of $703,723 on each of the

96


 

foregoing, his retention bonus and the cash payment in lieu of the car allowance to which he was entitled pursuant to his employment agreement; and matching 401(k) contributions.  

(7)

Represents a retention bonus of $487,500 paid pursuant to his employment agreement and a bonus of $455,000 awarded pursuant to the Bonus Plan in March 2014 in respect of his performance during 2013.

(8)

Represents the grant date fair value of 30,000 shares of stock, based upon a stock price of $82.70 per share, the appraised value of our common stock.

(9)

Ms. Brawner was appointed CFO in October 2015.

(10)      Mr. Holmes resigned from his position as our CFO effective March 13, 2015.

(11)

Represents a sign-on bonus.

(12)

Mr. Miller served as our interim CFO until Mr. Holmes was appointed as our CFO effective December 2, 2014. Effective March 13, 2015, Mr. Holmes resigned from his position as our CFO and we reappointed Mr. Miller as our interim CFO.

(13)

Represents amounts paid by us to SFN Professional Services d/b/a Tatum, or Tatum for Mr. Miller’s services. Pursuant to our services agreement with Tatum, we paid Tatum $300 an hour for Mr. Miller’s service until February 26, 2015 and $250 per hour thereafter.

(14)

Mr. Carey began serving as our COO effective December 8, 2014.

(15)

Represents a retention bonus of $225,000 awarded pursuant to his employment agreement.

(16)

Includes premiums paid for medical, dental and vision insurance; health and country club dues paid; payments for a financial planner; and gross-ups for the payment of taxes in the aggregate amount of $176,344 on each of the foregoing and his retention bonus.

(17)

Represents a sign-on bonus.

(18)

Mr. Shyiak served as our COO from February 18, 2013 until December 8, 2014, at which time he began serving as our President of Professional Services as a result of Mr. Carey’s appointment as our COO. Mr. Shyiak’s primary duties were transitioned as a result of Mr. Carey’s appointment. Effective November 27, 2015, Mr. Shyiak retired from his position as President of Professional Services.

(19)

Includes premiums paid for medical, dental and vision insurance; health and country club dues paid; payments for a financial planner; gross-ups for the payment of taxes in the aggregate amount of $6,716 on each of the foregoing; and severance payments in the amount of $58,125.

(20)

Represents a bonus awarded pursuant to the Bonus Plan paid in 2015 in respect to his performance during 2014.

(21)

Includes reimbursement of out-of-pocket medical expenses; payments by the Company for the lease of a vehicle used by the executive (calculated on a percentage of mileage driven for personal use basis) and to buyout such lease and transfer the title of such vehicle to the executive; gross-ups for the payment of taxes in the amount of $199,137 on the foregoing and on a cash bonus; and matching 401(k) contributions.

(22)

Represents a retention bonus in the amount of $200,000 paid in October 2013 pursuant to his employment agreement and a bonus of $200,000 awarded pursuant to the Bonus Plan in March 2014 in respect of his performance during 2013.

(23)

Mr. Goodman served as our CEO until January 23, 2012, when Mr. Goodman was appointed as our Executive Chairman. Mr. Goodman served as our principal executive officer until April 11, 2014, after which we served as our Chief Strategy Officer. Effective March 5, 2015, we entered into a separation and release agreement whereby we ended our employment relationship with Mr. Goodman as of February 15, 2015.

(24)

Includes COBRA premiums paid for medical, dental and vision insurance; health and country club dues paid; director fees in the amount of $93,500; and severance payments in the amount of $1,003,054.

(25)

Represents (i) a retention bonus of $825,000 paid pursuant to his employment agreement, (ii) a bonus of $1,050,000 awarded pursuant to the Bonus Plan in February 2015 in respect of his performance during 2014.

(26)

Includes expenses paid for medical, dental and vision insurance, reimbursement of out-of pocket medical expenses; health and country club dues paid; payments for tax planning in the amount of $54,534; $35,720 paid by the Company for the lease of a vehicle used by the executive (calculated on a percentage of mileage driven for personal use basis) and to buyout such lease and transfer the title of such vehicle to the executive; gross-ups for the payment of taxes in the aggregate amount of $697,595 on the foregoing and on cash bonuses; and matching 401(k) contributions.

(27)

Represents a retention bonus of $562,500 paid pursuant to his employment agreement and a bonus of $525,000 awarded pursuant to the Bonus Plan in March 2014 in respect of his performance during 2013.

 

 

Grant of Plan-Based Awards

97


 

The following table sets forth each plan-based award granted to our NEOs during the year ended December 31, 2015.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

Fiscal Year 2015

 

 

 

Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards

 

Name

 

Threshold

 

 

Target

 

 

Maximum

 

Ron B. Hill

 

$

440,000

 

 

$

770,000

 

 

$

1,100,000

 

Ernest J. Carey

 

 

157,500

 

 

 

225,000

 

 

 

315,000

 

Joy L. Brawner

 

 

105,000

 

 

 

150,000

 

 

 

210,000

 

Geoffrey Miller

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Craig E. Holmes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cari T. Shyiak

 

 

157,500

 

 

 

225,000

 

 

 

315,000

 

John A. Goodman

 

 

420,000

 

 

 

735,000

 

 

 

1,050,000

 

Narrative Disclosure Regarding Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table.

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our NEOs, other than Mr. Miller, and we entered into an interim services agreement with Tatum for Mr. Miller’s services. A description of each of these agreements follows.

Ron B. Hill

We entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Hill effective February 1, 2013. The amended and restated employment agreement provided for a three (3) year term and a base salary of $650,000 per annum, subject to increase at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The amended and restated employment agreement also entitled Mr. Hill to receive benefits under our Executive Benefit Plan, cash bonuses under our Bonus Plan and an annual retention bonus equal to 75% of his base salary, grossed-up for the payment of taxes.

Effective April 11, 2014, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Hill that provides for a term expiring on March 31, 2017. Mr. Hill’s current base salary is $1,100,000 and is subject to increase at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Under his current employment agreement, Mr. Hill is entitled to receive benefits under our Executive Benefit Plan, cash bonuses under our Bonus Plan, an annual retention bonus equal to 75% of his base salary, grossed-up for the payment of taxes and cash bonuses in the discretion of the Board of Directors. Mr. Hill is also eligible to receive an annual equity award in an amount to be determined by the Board of Directors.

Joy L. Brawner

On October 8, 2015, we entered into an employment agreement with Joy L. Brawner. Ms. Brawner’s employment agreement provides for an initial one (1) year term and automatically renews thereafter for successive one (1) year terms, unless either party provides notice to the other at least thirty (30) days’ prior to the expiration of the original or any successive term that the agreement is not to be renewed. Ms. Brawner’s current base salary is $300,000 and is subject to increase at the discretion of our CEO or the Board of Directors. Ms. Brawner’s employment agreement also provides that Ms. Brawner is entitled to receive benefits under our Executive Benefit Plan and cash bonuses under our Bonus Plan.

Craig E. Holmes

On December 2, 2014, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Holmes. Mr. Holmes’ employment agreement provided for an initial one (1) year term and automatic renewals thereafter for successive one (1) year terms, unless earlier terminated. At the time his employment ended, Mr. Holmes’ base salary was $350,000 and was subject to increase at the discretion of our CEO or the Board of Directors. Mr. Holmes’ employment agreement also provides that Mr. Holmes’ was entitled to receive benefits under our Executive Benefit Plan and cash bonuses under our Bonus Plan.

Geoffrey W. Miller

Mr. Miller is an employee of Tatum, an executive services firm. We entered into an addendum to an interim services agreement with Tatum on June 17, 2014, whereby we agreed to pay Tatum in return for Mr. Miller’s service as our interim CFO. Pursuant to the terms of the interim services agreement, we paid Tatum $300 per hour for each hour that Mr. Miller worked for us during 2014 and

98


 

agreed to reimburse Tatum for all of Mr. Miller’s travel and out of pocket expenses. Effective February 16, 2015, Mr. Miller’s rate decreased to $250 per hour. Tatum compensates Mr. Miller directly for his services.

Ernest J. Carey

On December 8, 2014, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Carey. Mr. Carey’s employment agreement provides for an initial one (1) year term and automatic renewals thereafter for successive one (1) year terms, unless earlier terminated. Mr. Carey’s current base salary is $450,000 and is subject to increase at the discretion of our CEO or the Board of Directors. Mr. Carey’s employment agreement also provides that Mr. Carey is entitled to receive benefits under our Executive Benefit Plan, cash bonuses under our Bonus Plan and an annual retention bonus equal to 50% of his base salary, grossed-up for the payment of taxes.

Cari T. Shyiak

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Shyiak on February 18, 2013. Mr. Shyiak’s employment agreement provided for a three (3) year term and automatic renewals thereafter for successive one (1) year terms, unless earlier terminated. Mr. Shyiak’s base salary during 2015 was $450,000 and was subject to increase at the discretion of our CEO. Mr. Shyiak’s employment agreement also provided that Mr. Shyiak is entitled to receive benefits under our Executive Benefit Plan, cash bonuses under our Bonus Plan and an annual retention bonus equal to 50% of his base salary, grossed-up for the payment of taxes. Effective November 27, 2015, Mr. Shyiak retired from his position as President of Professional Services. We entered into a Separation Agreement with Mr. Shyiak on November 27, 2015, pursuant to which we resolved all matters related to his employment, we agreed to pay Mr. Shyiak cash severance payments totaling eighteen (18) months of base salary, and he granted a general release in favor of the Company.

John A. Goodman

We entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Goodman effective February 1, 2013. The amended and restated employment agreement provided for a three (3) year term and a base salary of $750,000, subject to increase at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The amended and restated employment agreement also entitled Mr. Goodman to receive benefits under our Executive Benefit Plan, cash bonuses under our Bonus Plan and an annual retention bonus equal to 75% of his base salary, grossed-up for the payment of taxes.

Effective April 11, 2014, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Goodman that provided for a term expiring on March 31, 2017. At the time his employment ended, Mr. Goodman’s base salary was $1,050,000 and was subject to increase at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Goodman was entitled to receive benefits under our Executive Benefit Plan, cash bonuses under our Bonus Plan, an annual retention bonus equal to 75% of his base salary, grossed-up for the payment of taxes, and cash bonuses in the discretion of the Board of Directors. Mr. Goodman was also eligible to receive an annual equity award in an amount to be determined by the Board of Directors.

Effective March 5, 2015, we entered into a separation and release agreement with Mr. Goodman pursuant to which we ended our employment relationship with Mr. Goodman as of February 15, 2015. Pursuant to the agreement, we confirmed that Mr. Goodman would receive payments of $1,050,000 as a management bonus under the Bonus Plan. Mr. Goodman was also awarded a discretionary bonus of $950,000 paid in 2015 for his business development efforts.   For additional information about Mr. Goodman’s bonus under the Bonus Plan, please see “Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Our Compensation Program and Our Determination of Compensation Levels—Bonuses—Bonus Plan.” We also agreed to pay Mr. Goodman severance of, among other things, thirty-six (36) months base salary, the first $1,000,000 of which is payable in four (4) equal quarterly payments and the remaining amount of which is payable in nine (9) equal monthly payments after the initial $1,000,000 is paid. In exchange for the consideration described above, Mr. Goodman agreed that, among other things, he had been paid all remuneration that we owed him. Mr. Goodman also agreed to extend the duration of his employment agreement’s non-competition period and granted a general release in our favor.

Mr. Goodman’s separation and release agreement also provides him with a one-time put right to sell us up to $2,700,000 of his equity interests in the Company, based on the fair market value of such equity interests on the date the put right is exercised, with such fair market value being determined by the Board of Directors in its good faith discretion. The put right is subject to several limitations, including, among other things, compliance with the terms of our Indenture. Additionally, Mr. Goodman agreed to grant us a one-time call right to purchase from Mr. Goodman up to $2,700,000 of his equity interests in the Company, based on the fair market value of such equity interests on the date the call right is exercised, with such fair market value being determined by the Board of Directors in its good faith discretion. The call right is subject to several limitations, including, among other things, compliance with the terms of our Indenture.

99


 

For information regarding the payments to be made to our NEOs in the event of a termination of employment and/or a “change in control,” see “Executive Compensation—Compensation Information—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table summarizes the total outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2015, for each NEO.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

Fiscal Year 2015

 

 

 

Option Awards

 

Name

 

Number of
Securities Underlying
Unexercised Options
(#) Exercisable

 

 

Number of

Securities Underlying
Unexercised Options
(#) Unexercisable

 

 

Option
Exercise
Price
($)

 

 

Option
Expiration Date

 

Ron B. Hill

 

 

34,399

(1)

 

 

 

 

$

9.16

 

 

 

07/31/2018

 

 

 

 

55,000

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

82.70

 

 

 

02/12/2023

 

 

 

 

20,000

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

71.28

 

 

 

8/7/2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joy L. Brawner

 

 

5,000

(6)

 

 

 

 

 

104.89

 

 

 

8/13/2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ernest J. Carey

 

 

12,500

(7)

 

 

 

 

 

71.28

 

 

 

8/25/2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cari T. Shyiak

 

 

20,000

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

26.12

 

 

 

05/17/2020

 

 

 

 

20,000

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

82.70

 

 

 

02/12/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John A. Goodman

 

 

60,000

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

26.12

 

 

 

06/24/2019

 

 

 

 

55,000

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

82.70

 

 

 

02/12/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Option was granted on July 31, 2008. This option vested in three equal installments over a three-year period, with one-third vesting on July 31, 2009, one-third vesting on July 31, 2010 and one-third vesting on July 31, 2011.

(2)

Options were granted on February 12, 2013. These options are fully exercisable, however the shares underlying the options vest in three equal installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

(3)

Option was granted on June 24, 2009. This option vested in three equal installments over a three-year period, with one-third vesting on June 24, 2010, one-third vesting on June 24, 2011 and one-third vesting on June 24, 2012.

(4)

Options were granted on May 17, 2010. These options are fully exercisable, however the shares underlying the options vest in three equal installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

(5)

Options were granted on August 7, 2015. These options were vested in upon the date of grant and are fully exercisable upon the date of grant.

(6)

Options were granted on August 13, 2014. These options are fully exercisable, however the shares underlying the options vest in three equal installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

(7)

Options were granted on August 25, 2015. These options are fully exercisable, however the shares underlying the options vest in three equal installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

 

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2015

None of our NEOs exercised any stock options or had a stock award vest during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.

100


 

Pension Benefits

As of December 31, 2015, we did not have any plan that provided for payments or other benefits at, following, or in connection with retirement of any of our NEOs.

Nonqualified Defined Contribution and Other Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans

As of December 31, 2015, we did not have any defined contribution or other plan that provided for the deferral of compensation of any of our NEOs on a basis that is not tax-qualified.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

Equity Compensation Plans

Pursuant to the terms of the form of option award agreements under the 2000 Plan, all unvested options vest immediately prior to the effective date of a change of control. A “change of control” is defined under the 2000 Plan as any of the following:

 

(i)

at least fifty percent (50%) of the members of the Board of Directors are replaced;

 

(ii)

the shareholders of the Company approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

 

(iii)

any consolidation, merger or share exchange of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which shares of the Company’s common stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property; or

 

(iv)

any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (excluding transfer by way of pledge or hypothecation) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company;

provided, however, that a transaction described in clause (iii) or (iv) shall not constitute a change of control if after such transaction (I) Continuing Directors (as defined herein) constitute at least fifty percent (50%) of the members of the Board of Directors of the continuing, surviving or acquiring entity, as the case may be, or, if such entity has a parent entity directly or indirectly holding at least a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of the continuing, surviving or acquiring entity, Continuing Directors constitute at least fifty percent (50%) of the members of the Board of Directors of the entity that is the ultimate parent of the continuing, surviving or acquiring entity, and (II) the continuing, surviving or acquiring entity (or the ultimate parent of such continuing, surviving or acquiring entity) assumes all outstanding stock options under the 2000 Plan. For the purpose of this paragraph, “Continuing Directors” means Board of Directors members who (x) at the effective date of the 2000 Plan were directors or (y) become directors after the effective date of the 2000 Plan and whose election or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office who were directors at the effective date of the 2000 Plan or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved.

The form of option award agreement under the 2008 Plan also provides for vesting of unvested options immediately prior to the effective date of a change in control. The definition of a “change in control” under the 2008 Plan is the same as the definition of a “change of control” under the 2000 Plan. However, the 2008 Plan also provides that in the event an award issued under the 2008 Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, then an event shall not constitute a “change in control” for purposes of such award unless the event also constitutes a change in the Company’s ownership, its effective control or the ownership of a substantial portion of its assets within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

Employment Agreements

As described under “Executive Compensation—Compensation Information —Narrative Disclosure Regarding Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table,” each of our NEOs other than Mr. Miller is or was party to an employment agreement that provides for payments to the NEOs if any of the following occurs:

 

(i)

the employee is terminated by the Company without “cause;”

 

(ii)

the employee terminates his employment for “good reason.”

Upon a termination of the employee by the Company without “cause,” by the employee for “good reason” or upon a “change of control,” Mr. Hill would be owed thirty-six (36) months’ base salary, Mr. Shyiak, assuming he was still employed with us, would be owed the base salary for the remainder of the term of his employment agreement, but in any case, no less than eighteen (18) months’ base salary, Mr. Holmes, assuming he was still employed by us, would be owed twelve (12) months’ base salary and Ms. Brawner and Mr. Carey would be owed six (6) months’ base salary. Further, Mr. Hill would be owed his retention bonuses, and each of our NEOs,

101


 

other than Mr. Miller, would be owed a bonus under the Bonus Plan, with any such retention bonuses or bonuses under the Bonus Plan prorated for the number of days elapsed during the current year upon termination by us without “cause,” by the employee for “good reason” upon a “change of control” or upon death, assuming such NEO was employed by us at the time of termination. However, such bonus is only owed to Messrs. Brawner, Carey or Shyiak, assuming he was still employed with us, if termination occurs on or after April 1.

For purposes of termination payments based upon termination by the Company without cause, “cause” is defined in Messrs. Hill’s and Goodman’s respective employment agreements as any of the following:

 

(i)

conviction of a felony involving dishonest acts during the term of the employment agreement;

 

(ii)

any willful and material misapplication by the employee of the Company’s funds, or any other material act of dishonesty committed by the employee toward the Company; or

 

(iii)

the employee’s willful and material breach of the employment agreement or willful and material failure to substantially perform his duties hereunder (other than any such failure resulting from mental or physical illness) after written demand for substantial performance is delivered by the Board of Directors which specifically identifies the manner in which the Board of Directors believes the employee has not substantially performed his duties and the employee fails to cure his nonperformance after receipt of notice as required by the employment agreement.

The employee shall not be deemed to have been terminated for cause without first having been (a) provided written notice of not less than thirty (30) days setting forth the specific reasons for the Company’s intention to terminate for cause, (b) an opportunity for the employee, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Board of Directors, and (c) delivery to the employee of a notice of termination from the Board of Directors stating that a majority of the Board of Directors found, in good faith, that the employee had engaged in the willful and material conduct referred to in such notice. For purposes of the employment agreement, no act, or failure to act, on the employee’s part shall be considered “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by the employee in bad faith and without reasonable belief that the employee’s action or omission was in the best interest of the Company.

For purposes of termination payments based upon termination by the Company without cause, “cause” is defined in Ms. Brawner’s and Messrsr.  Holmes’ Carey’s and Shyiak’s respective employment agreements as any of the following:

 

(i)

material breach of the employment agreement by the employee, which material breach, if curable, remains uncured after thirty (30) days’ written notice from the Company specifying in reasonable detail the nature of such breach;

 

(ii)

commission by the employee of an act of dishonesty or fraud upon, or willful misconduct toward, the Company or misappropriation of Company property or corporate opportunities, as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors;

 

(iii)

a conviction, guilty plea or plea of nolo contendere of any misdemeanor that involves (a) moral turpitude or (b) other conduct that involves fraud, embezzlement, larceny, theft or dishonesty;

 

(iv)

a conviction, guilty plea or plea of nolo contendere of any felony, unless the Board of Directors reasonably determines that the employee’s conviction of such felony does not materially affect the Company’s or the employee’s business reputation or significantly impair the employee’s ability to carry out his or her duties under the employment agreement (provided that the Board of Directors shall have no obligation to make such determination); or

 

(v)

the employee’s violation of the Company’s policies regarding insobriety during working hours or the use of illegal drugs.

For purposes of termination payments based upon termination by the employee for good reason, “good reason” is generally defined in Mr. Hill’s employment agreement as any of the following:

 

(i)

any diminution in the executive’s title or material diminution in his duties thereunder;

 

(ii)

any reduction in the executive’s base salary and/or an alteration in the benefits provided to the executive unless such alteration is applied to all employees;

 

(iii)

a “change of control” the Company, which is considered to be upon the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company, a change in ownership of the capital stock of the Company which constitutes fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding capital stock, or a transaction resulting in the issuance or transfer of shares of capital stock of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the Company;

 

(iv)

a forced relocation of the executive beyond a certain distance;

 

(v)

a material breach of the employment agreement by the Company;

102


 

 

(vi)

the failure of any Company successor to assume their employment agreements; or  

 

(vii)

any requirement that the executive report to someone other than the Board of Directors.

For purposes of termination payments based upon termination by the employee for good reason, “good reason” is generally defined in Ms. Brawner’s and Messr. Holmes’, Carey’s and Shyiak’s respective employment agreements as any of the following:

 

(i)

any material diminution in the executive’s title or material diminution in his duties thereunder;

 

(ii)

any reduction in the executive’s base salary and/or an alteration in the benefits provided to the executive unless such alteration is applied to all employees;

 

(iii)

a “change of control” the Company, which is considered to be upon the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company, a change in ownership of the capital stock of the Company which constitutes fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding capital stock, or a transaction resulting in the issuance or transfer of shares of capital stock of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the Company;

 

(iv)

a forced relocation of the executive beyond a certain distance; or

 

(v)

the issuance of the Company’s common stock to the public, excluding an initial public offering.

The following table estimates the payments and benefits that would be paid to each NEO that is currently employed by us under each element of our compensation program assuming that such NEO’s employment agreement was in effect as of December 31, 2015 and was terminated on December 31, 2015, the last day of our 2015 fiscal year. In the case of accelerated stock options, such amounts were based on the difference between the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant and an estimate of the fair market value of our common stock of $71.28 per share as of December 31, 2015. The amounts in the following table are calculated as of December 31, 2015 pursuant to SEC rules and are not intended to reflect actual payments that may be made. Actual payments that may be made will be based on the dates and circumstances of the applicable event.

 

Named Executive Officer

 

Category of Payment

 

Termination upon
Non- Renewal by
the Company

 

 

Termination
Without Cause or
Termination by the
Employee for Good
Reason

 

 

Termination Due to
Death

 

 

Termination Upon
Change of Control

 

Ron B. Hill

 

 

Cash Severance(1) (2)

 

 

 

 

$

3,300,000

(3)

 

 

 

 

$

3,300,000

(3)

 

 

 

Accrued Bonus (4) (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

771,495

 

 

 

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

$

3,300,000

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,071,495

 

Ernest J. Carey

 

 

Cash Severance(1) (6)

 

 

 

 

$

225,000

(7)

 

 

 

 

$

225,000

(7)

 

 

 

Accrued Bonus (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

353,862

 

 

 

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

$

225,000

 

 

 

 

 

$

578,862

 

Joy L. Brawner

 

 

Cash Severance(1) (6)

 

 

 

 

$

150,000

(7)

 

 

 

 

$

150,000

(7)

 

 

 

Accrued Bonus (4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

95,135

 

 

 

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

$

150,000

 

 

 

 

 

$

245,135

 

 

(1)

Excludes (i) earned but unpaid base salary earned through the termination date and (ii) any unreimbursed business expenses through the termination date.

(2)

The first $1,000,000 is payable in four (4) equal quarterly payments. The remaining amount is payable in nine (9) equal monthly payments after the initial $1,000,000 is paid.

(3)

Represents thirty-six (36) months’ base salary.

(4)

Under their respective employment agreements, in the event of a termination, Messrs. Hill, Carey and Brawner are generally entitled to their respective bonuses payable pursuant to the Bonus Plan. However, we did not achieve the minimum criteria necessary to pay bonuses under the Bonus Plan for the year ended December 31, 2015. Accordingly, in the event of a termination, such executives would not be entitled to receive a bonus under the Bonus Plan for 2015 except in the discretion of the Board of Directors.

(5)

Excludes annual retention bonuses paid to Mr. Hill on December 31, 2015. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Hill would be entitled to a prorated portion of such bonus upon a termination occurring at any time in the year earlier than December 31, 2015.

(6)

Payable according to the Company’s normal payroll practices, beginning on the first payroll date following the sixtieth (60th) day after termination.

(7)

Represents six (6) months’ base salary.

 

103


 

During the year ended December 31, 2015, Mr. Holmes resigned his positions without “good reason”. Pursuant to his employment agreement, following a resignation without “good reason” and under the circumstances, Mr. Holmes was entitled to his earned base salary and any unreimbursed business expenses through the effective date of his resignations.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we entered into separation and release agreement with Mr. Shyiak pursuant to which we ended our employment relationship with such executive. For additional information regarding our separation and release agreement with Mr. Shyiak, see “Executive Compensation—Compensation Information—Narrative Disclosure Regarding Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table.”

During the year ended December 31, 2014 and the first quarter of 2015, we entered into separation and release agreements with Mr. Goodman pursuant to which we ended our employment relationship with such executive. For additional information regarding our separation and release agreement with Mr. Goodman, see “Executive Compensation—Compensation Information—Narrative Disclosure Regarding Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table.”

Compensation of Directors

Compensation of Directors Table

Fiscal Year 2015

 

Name

 

 

Fees
Earned or
Paid in

Cash ($)

 

 

Stock

Awards

($)

 

 

Option
Awards

($)

 

 

Non-Equity
Incentive

Plan
Compensation

 

 

Change in

Pension

Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($)

 

 

All Other
Compensation ($)

 

 

Total ($)

 

Ron B. Hill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John A. Goodman (1)

 

$

131,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

131,000

 

J. Samuel Crowley

 

 

181,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,736

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

223,736

 

Steven L. Elfman

 

 

154,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,736

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

197,236

 

Larry J. Haynes

 

 

161,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,736

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

203,736

 

 

(1)Mr. Goodman was an executive officer of our Company until March 5, 2015, at which point he began receiving compensation as an non-employee director. On March 28, 2014, the Board of Directors adopted a policy for compensation of non-employee directors. Under this policy, each non-employee director receives an annual cash retainer of $140,000, $2,500 for each in-person Board of Directors meeting attended, $500 for any such meeting attended remotely and reimbursement for out of pocket expenses. Prior to the adoption of this policy, none of our directors, including employee directors, received any compensation from us for their service on the Board of Directors.

Each member of our Board of Directors is indemnified for his actions associated with being a director to the fullest extent permitted under Texas law.

In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under Texas law.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During 2015, the Company did not have a compensation committee or any other committee performing equivalent functions of a compensation committee, and each member of the Board of Directors participated in deliberations concerning executive officer compensation. Additionally, each member of the Board of Directors was employed by the Company at the time of such member’s service on the Board of Directors, except for Messrs. Crowley, Elfman and Haynes.

As of December 31, 2015, none of our executive officers served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of another entity that has an executive officer who served on our Board of Directors. In addition, as of such date, no member of our Board of Directors serves as an executive officer of a company in which one of our executive officers served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of that company.

104


 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The following table and accompanying footnotes set forth as of March 30, 2016, certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of the shares of our common stock by: (i) each of our named executive officers with respect to the year ended December 31, 2015 and each member of our Board of Directors; (ii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group and (iii) each person who is known by us to own beneficially more than five percent (5%) of each class of equity securities. Except as otherwise indicated, the beneficial owners listed in the table below have sole voting and investment powers with respect to the shares indicated, and the address for each beneficial owner is c/o Goodman Networks Incorporated, 2801 Network Boulevard, Suite 300, Frisco, Texas 75034. The applicable percentage ownership is based on 912,754 shares of our common stock issued as of March 30, 2016.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Common Stock

Beneficially Owned (1)

 

 

Shares

 

 

%

 

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joy L. Brawner

 

 

5,000

(2)

 

 

*

 

Ernest J. Carey

 

 

12,500

(3)

 

 

1.4

%

J. Samuel Crowley

 

 

 

 

 

 

Steven L. Elfman

 

 

 

 

 

 

John A. Goodman

 

 

420,636

(4)

 

 

40.9

%

Larry J. Haynes

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ron B. Hill

 

 

169,399

(5)

 

 

16.6

%

Craig E. Holmes

 

 

 

 

 

 

Geoffrey W. Miller

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cari T. Shyiak

 

 

40,000

(6)

 

 

4.2

%

 

Executive officers and directors as a group (8 persons)

 

 

647,535

 

 

 

54.2

%

 

5% Shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.

 

 

47,528

(7)

 

 

5.2

%

James Goodman

 

 

105,346

(8)

 

 

11.5

%

Jason Goodman

 

 

173,650

(9)

 

 

18.2

%

John Andrew Goodman 2012 Family Trust

 

 

50,000

(10)

 

 

5.5

%

Jonathan Goodman

 

 

132,429

(9)

 

 

13.9

%

Joseph Goodman

 

 

115,050

(9)

 

 

12.1

%

Jimmy D. Hulett, Jr.

 

 

45,574

(11)

 

 

5.0

%

James Jones

 

 

58,119

(12)

 

 

6.4

%

Jacob Soni

 

 

65,881

(13)

 

 

7.2

%

 

*Less than 1%.

 

(1)

Beneficial ownership as reported in the above table has been determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, and is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. The number of shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned includes shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options that are vested or that will become exercisable within 60 days of March 30, 2016. Shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options that are vested that will become exercisable within 60 days after March 30, 2016 are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person or entity holding such securities but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person or entity.

(2)

Includes 5,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of an option. Pursuant to the terms of the option to purchase 5,000 of such shares, following exercise, Ms. Brawner would have the right to vote such shares but could only dispose of such shares to the extent they have vested.

(3)

Includes 12,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of an option. Pursuant to the terms of the option to purchase 12,500 of such shares, following exercise, Mr. Carey would have the right to vote such shares but could only dispose of such shares to the extent they have vested.

(4)

Includes 115,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options. Pursuant to the terms of his option to purchase 55,000 of such shares, following exercise, Mr. John Goodman would have the right to vote such shares but could only dispose of such shares to the extent they have vested. Also includes 176,621 shares of common stock over which Mr. John Goodman has limited voting power pursuant to proxy and voting agreements. Also includes 14,119 shares of common stock pledged by Mr. John Goodman as security.

105


 

(5)

Includes 109,399 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options. Pursuant to the terms of his options to purchase 75,000 of such shares, following exercises, Mr. Hill would have the right to vote such shares but could only dispose of such shares to the extent they have vested. 

(6)

Includes 40,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options. Pursuant to the terms of the options to purchase 40,000 of such shares, following exercise, Mr. Shyiak would have the right to vote such shares but could only dispose of such shares to the extent they have vested.

(7)

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. has sole voting and dispositive power over 47,528 shares of common stock. The business address for Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. is 600 Mountain Avenue, Murray Hill, New Jersey 07974.

(8)

Includes 84,378 shares of common stock pledged by Mr. James Goodman as security.

(9)

Includes 40,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of an option. Pursuant to the terms of the option to purchase 40,000 of such shares, following exercise, the option holder would have the right to vote such shares but could only dispose of such shares to the extent they have vested.

(10)

Jacob Soni is the sole trustee of the John Andrew Goodman 2012 Family Trust and may be deemed to possess sole investment and dispositive power over the shares held by the trust. Such securities are also separately reported on this table as being beneficially owned by Jacob Soni.  The business address for the John Andrew Goodman 2012 Family Trust is 1008 Middle Creek Rd, Fredericksburg, TX 78624.

(11)

Includes 2,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of an option. Pursuant to the terms of such option, following exercise, Mr. Hulett would have the right to vote such shares but could only dispose of such shares to the extent that they have vested. Also includes 18,137 shares of common stock held by the 2012 Joseph Mark Goodman Family Trust and 18,137 shares of common stock held by Gabriela Sutto Goodman Family Trust. Mr. Hulett is the sole trustee of each of such trusts and may be deemed to possess sole investment and dispositive power over the shares held by each of such trusts.

(12)

Comprised of 22,000 shares of common stock held by the 2012 Jonathan Edward Goodman Family Trust, 14,119 shares of common stock held by the Jonathan Edward Goodman 2012 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust and 22,000 shares of common stock held by the Tracy Jones Goodman Family Trust. Mr. Jones is the sole trustee of each of such trusts and may be deemed to possess sole investment and dispositive power over the shares held by each of such trusts. The business address for Mr. Jones is 25 Stirrup Drive, Belton, Texas 76513.

(13)

Comprised of 15,881 shares of common stock held by the Cayenne Soni Goodman Family Trust and 50,000 shares of common stock held by the John Andrew Goodman 2012 Family Trust. Mr. Soni is the sole trustee of each of such trusts and may be deemed to possess sole investment and dispositive power over the shares held by each of such trusts. The shares of common stock held by the John Andrew Goodman 2012 Family Trust are also separately reported on this table as being beneficially owned by the John Andrew Goodman 2012 Family Trust. The business address for Mr. Soni is 1008 Middle Creek, Fredericksburg, Texas 78624.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Related Persons

The following persons and entities had an interest in a transaction or series of transactions described herein.

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc. Following the repurchases of our common stock on June 23, 2011, Alcatel-Lucent became the beneficial owner of over 5% of our common stock. As of March 30, 2016, Alcatel-Lucent beneficially owned 47,528 shares, or 5.2% of our common stock.

Goodman Brothers. Messrs. John Goodman, James Goodman, Jason Goodman, Jonathan Goodman and Joseph Goodman are brothers.

 

·

John Goodman. Mr. John Goodman is a Director and holds more than 5% of our outstanding shares.

 

·

James Goodman. Mr. James Goodman holds more than 5% of our outstanding shares.

 

·

Jason Goodman. Mr. Jason Goodman holds more than 5% of our outstanding shares.

 

·

Jonathan Goodman. Mr. Jonathan Goodman holds more than 5% of our outstanding shares.

 

·

Joseph Goodman. Mr. Joseph Goodman holds more than 5% of our outstanding shares.

Goodman Brothers, LP. John Goodman, James Goodman, Jason Goodman, Jonathan Goodman and Joseph Goodman, or collectively, the Goodman Brothers, are the limited partners of Goodman Brothers, LP. Goodman Brothers Enterprises, Inc. is the general partner of Goodman Brothers, LP. Each of the Goodman Brothers other than James Goodman is a stockholder and a director of Goodman Brothers Enterprises, Inc. Goodman Brothers, LP beneficially owned 12.8% of our common stock until December 13, 2012, when it distributed all of its shares to its partners.

106


 

Advances

In 2011 the Company advanced $55,018 in a non-interest receivable to Mr. James Goodman. Mr. James Goodman is repaying the advance at a rate of $200 a month through payroll deductions approximately $43,000 of the non-interest bearing advance was outstanding as of March 30, 2016.

Employment Agreements

We had employment agreements with each of James Goodman, Jason Goodman, Joseph Goodman and Jonathan Goodman during the year ended December 31, 2015.

James Goodman. Until Mr. James Goodman’s termination for cause in March 2016, we paid him a base salary of $225,000. We also paid Mr. James Goodman a bonus of $100,000 with respect to his performance during the year ended December 31, 2015. Mr. James Goodman was previously party to an employment agreement with us that expired on December 31, 2010.

Jason Goodman. Effective October 16, 2012, we amended and restated Mr. Jason Goodman’s employment agreement. The amended and restated employment agreement provided for a three (3) year term and a base salary of $225,000, subject to increase at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The amendment also provided that the severance to which Mr. Jason Goodman would be entitled to if terminated by us without cause, by Mr. Jason Goodman with good reason or upon a change of control would be $450,000. Mr. Jason Goodman’s agreement also provided for a “Real Estate Keep Whole” benefit, which provided that Mr. Jason Goodman had the right to receive a payment to compensate him for the difference, if any, between the original purchase price of his primary residence and its depreciated fair market value upon the earlier of: (i) the third anniversary of the amendment and (ii) his termination by us without cause. The amended and restated employment agreement also required us to transfer to Mr. Jason Goodman title to the vehicle we are currently leasing for him on the earliest of: (i) the date that is 36 months from the start of the lease; (ii) within 45 days after his employment is terminated without cause or by him for good reason; and (iii) within 60 days of a change of control. The amended and restated employment agreement also entitled him to benefits under our Executive Benefit Plan and cash bonuses under our Executive Management Bonus Plan and an annual retention bonus equal to 75% of his base salary and grossed up for any federal, state, and local income and employment taxes. Effective May 1, 2014, Mr. Jason Goodman’s base salary was increased to $397,500.

We also granted Mr. Jason Goodman an option to purchase 40,000 shares at an exercise price equal to the fair market value per share on the date of the grant pursuant to the amended and restated employment agreement amendment. The shares underlying the options vest in three equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

Effective February 12, 2013, we amended and restated Mr. Jason Goodman’s amended and restated employment agreement. The new amended and restated employment agreement amended his employment agreement to provide for a three-year vesting schedule for his stock option and to conform to Section 409A of the Code.

Effective April 11, 2014, we amended his employment agreement to provide for an annual equity award in an amount to be determined by the Board of Directors.

Joseph Goodman. Effective October 16, 2012, we amended and restated Mr. Joseph Goodman’s employment agreement. The amended and restated employment agreement provided for a three (3) year term and a base salary of $225,000, subject to increase at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The amendment also provided that the severance to which Mr. Joseph Goodman would be entitled to if terminated by us without cause, by Mr. Joseph Goodman with good reason or upon a change of control would be $450,000. Mr. Joseph Goodman’s agreement also provided for a “Real Estate Keep Whole” benefit, which provided that Mr. Joseph Goodman had the right to receive a payment to compensate him for the difference, if any, between the original purchase price of his primary residence and its depreciated fair market value upon the earlier of: (i) the third anniversary of the amendment and (ii) his termination by us without cause. The amended and restated employment agreement also required us to transfer to Mr. Joseph Goodman title to the vehicle we are currently leasing for him on the earliest of: (i) the date that is 36 months from the start of the lease; (ii) within 45 days after his employment is terminated without cause or by him for good reason; and (iii) within 60 days of a change of control. The amended and restated employment agreement also entitled him to benefits under our Executive Benefit Plan and cash bonuses under our Executive Management Bonus Plan and an annual retention bonus equal to 75% of his base salary and grossed up for any federal, state, and local income and employment taxes. Effective May 1, 2014, Mr. Joseph Goodman’s base salary was increased to $397,500.

We also granted Mr. Joseph Goodman an option to purchase 40,000 shares at an exercise price equal to the fair market value per share on the date of the grant pursuant to the amended and restated employment agreement amendment. The shares underlying the options vest in three equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

107


 

Effective February 12, 2013, we amended and restated Mr. Joseph Goodman’s amended and restated employment agreement. The new amended and restated employment agreement amended his employment agreement to provide for a three-year vesting schedule for his stock option and to conform to Section 409A of the Code.

Effective April 11, 2014, we amended his employment agreement to provide for an annual equity award in an amount to be determined by the Board of Directors.

Jonathan Goodman. Effective October 16, 2012, we amended and restated Mr. Jonathan Goodman’s employment agreement. The amended and restated employment agreement provided for a three (3) year term and a base salary of $225,000, subject to increase at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The amendment also provided that the severance to which Mr. Jonathan Goodman would be entitled to if terminated by us without cause, by Mr. Jonathan Goodman with good reason or upon a change of control would be $450,000. Mr. Jonathan Goodman’s agreement also provided for a “Real Estate Keep Whole” benefit, which provided that Mr. Jonathan Goodman has the right to receive a payment to compensate him for the difference, if any, between the original purchase price of his primary residence and its depreciated fair market value upon the earlier of: (i) the third anniversary of the amendment and (ii) his termination by us without cause. The amended and restated employment agreement also required us to transfer to Mr. Jonathan Goodman title to the vehicle we are currently leasing for him on the earliest of: (i) the date that is 36 months from the start of the lease; (ii) within 45 days after his employment is terminated without cause or by him for good reason; and (iii) within 60 days of a change of control. The amended and restated employment agreement also entitled him to benefits under our Executive Benefit Plan and cash bonuses under our Executive Management Bonus Plan and an annual retention bonus equal to 75% of his base salary and grossed up for any federal, state, and local income and employment taxes. Effective May 1, 2014, Mr. Jonathan Goodman’s base salary was increased to $397,500.

We also granted Mr. Jonathan Goodman an option to purchase 40,000 shares at an exercise price equal to the fair market value per share on the date of the grant pursuant to the amended and restated employment agreement amendment. The shares underlying the options vest in three equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

Effective February 12, 2013, we amended and restated Mr. Jonathan Goodman’s amended and restated employment agreement. The new amended and restated employment agreement amended his employment agreement to provide for a three-year vesting schedule for his stock option and to conform to Section 409A of the Code.

Effective April 11, 2014, we amended his employment agreement to provide for an annual equity award in an amount to be determined by the Board of Directors.

Separation Agreement

On January 15, 2015, the Company entered into a Separation Agreement and General Release with Mr. Joseph Goodman, effective as of January 23, 2015, under which the Company resolved all matters related to Mr. Joseph Goodman’s separation from employment with the Company without cause, effective as of December 31, 2014, including all matters arising under his amended and restated employment agreement. Mr. Joseph Goodman is the beneficial owner of approximately 12.1% of the Company’s common stock as of March 30, 2016 and most recently served as the Company’s Vice President of Staffing, Real Estate and Travel.

 

Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Joseph Goodman received a payment of $350,000 as a management bonus under the Bonus Plan that Mr. Joseph Goodman earned in respect of his performance during 2014 and a payment of $298,125 as the retention bonus owed under his employment agreement for the 2014 fiscal year. Mr. Joseph Goodman is also entitled to severance of, among other things, thirty-six (36) months of his base salary, payable bi-weekly pursuant to the Company’s standard payroll practices. Mr. Joseph Goodman also agreed to extend the duration of his employment agreement’s non-competition period and granted a general release in our favor.

Other Related Party Transactions

We use a ranch owned by Goodman Brothers, LP to entertain employees and customers. Effective May 30, 2012, we entered into a five-year lease with Goodman Brothers, LP for the lease of the ranch. Pursuant to the lease, we pay a base rent of $156,000 per year. Prior to entering the lease agreement, we paid Goodman Brothers, LP on an event basis for the use of the ranch. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, we paid an aggregate of $156,000, $156,000 and $169,000 to Goodman Brothers, LP for the use of the ranch, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, PNC Bank issued a $4.0 million letter of credit for the Company’s account as a credit enhancement for a new letter of intent concerning Genesis Networks Integration Services, LLC, a company substantially owned

108


 

by James Goodman (“Genesis Networks”). In the event of default on the line of credit by Genesis Networks, we would have the option to enter into a note purchase agreement with the lender or to permit a drawing on the letter of credit in an amount not to exceed the amount by which the outstanding obligation exceeds the value of Genesis Networks’ collateral securing the line of credit, but in no event more than $4.0 million. The letter of credit was originally due to expire on July 17, 2012; however we amended the letter of credit to extend the guarantee until July 2013. Prior to the expiration, the letter of credit was amended to extend the guarantee of Genesis Networks’ line of credit until July 2014. Our exposure with respect to the letter of credit is supported by a reimbursement agreement from Genesis Networks, secured by a first priority pledge of certain assets and stock of Genesis Networks.

The Company and Genesis Networks negotiated an arrangement during the third quarter of 2014, whereby the Company agreed not to pursue any pledged collateral for a period of time not extending beyond May 5, 2016 (the “Forbearance Period”) in the event the line of credit is drawn upon in exchange for Genesis Networks’ pledge to the Company of 15,625 shares of the Company’s common stock.  In addition, the Company agreed to discharge and deem paid-in-full all obligations of Genesis Network to the Company if on or prior to the end of the Forbearance Period, a cash payment to the Company was made in the amount of $1.5  million plus interest at a rate of 2.0% per annum from September 25, 2014. Pursuant to the agreement the Company agreed to instruct the lender to draw on the letter of credit. As a result of the agreement reached in the third quarter of 2014, the Company recorded other income of $1.5 million in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss and recorded the pledged stock as additional paid-in capital in the consolidated balance sheet.

On January 16, 2015, the letter of credit was cancelled and settled in full for the outstanding $4.0 million. As such, the liability related to the guarantee was released on the respective date and the Company no longer maintains any exposure related to the letter of credit for Genesis Networks.  Mr. James Goodman paid the Company $1.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2015, but has not satisfied all of the conditions to cause Genesis Networks’ obligation to be deemed paid-in-full.

Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.

We primarily perform work for Alcatel-Lucent under two contracts we have entered with Alcatel-Lucent.

Master Services Agreement. Effective June 30, 2014, we entered into a master services agreement with Alcatel-Lucent. Pursuant to the agreement, we provide, upon request, certain services, including deployment engineering, integration engineering, radio frequency engineering and other support services to Alcatel-Lucent.

Subcontract Agreement. On September 30, 2001, we entered into a customer service division subcontract agreement with Alcatel USA Marketing, a subsidiary of Alcatel-Lucent. As an independent contractor, we agreed to perform installation and/or engineering services with respect to Alcatel USA Marketing’s manufactured products. As compensation for our services, Alcatel USA Marketing agreed to pay us at rates set forth in the agreement.

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 we received aggregate revenues of $22.7 million, $42.6 million and $57.9 million, respectively, for work performed for Alcatel-Lucent.

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Parties

We have written policies governing conflicts of interest with our employees. In addition, we circulate director and executive officer questionnaires on an annual basis to identify potential conflicts of interest and related party transactions with such directors and officers. We require that our audit committee approve all related party transactions.                         

 

Director Independence

For a description of director independence, please see “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance—Board of Directors—Director Independence,” which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

109


 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

The following table shows the aggregate fees billed to the Company for professional services rendered by KPMG for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015:

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2015

 

Audit Fees

 

$

2,252,850

 

 

$

1,950,000

 

Audit-Related Fees

 

 

342,845

 

 

 

 

Tax Fees

 

 

240,071

 

 

 

 

Total Fees

 

$

2,835,766

 

 

$

1,950,000

 

Audit Fees. This category includes the audit of our annual consolidated financial statements and reviews of financial statements included in our quarterly reports. This category also includes advice on audit and accounting matters that arose during, or as a result of, the audit or the review of our interim financial statements.

Audit-Related Fees. This category consists of assurance and related services by KPMG that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported above under “Audit Fees.” The services for the fees disclosed under this category include consents and other audit related services regarding equity issuances.

Tax Fees. This category consists of professional services rendered by KPMG for tax compliance and tax advice.

All Other Fees. This category typically consists of fees for other miscellaneous items.

Pre-Approval of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees and Services Policy

Under the Company’s pre-approval policies and procedures, our audit committee pre-approves the audit and non-audit services performed by our independent registered public accounting firm. The policy requires additional approval of any engagements that were previously approved but are anticipated to exceed pre-approved fee levels.

All of the services rendered by KPMG were pre-approved by our audit committee.

.

 

 

 

110


 

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

A list of financial statements filed herewith is contained in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” above of this Annual Report and is incorporated by reference herein. A list of exhibits filed herewith is contained in the Exhibit Index that immediately precedes such exhibits and is incorporated by reference herein.

 

 

 

111


 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has of has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

GOODMAN NETWORKS INCORPORATED

 

 

Date: March 30, 2016

By:

/s/ Ron B. Hill

 

Name: 

Ron B. Hill

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer, President and  Executive Chairman

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Capacity in which Signed

 

Date

 

/s/ Ron B. Hill 

  

 

Chief Executive Officer, President and Executive Chairman

(Principal executive officer)

  

 

March 30, 2016

Ron B. Hill

 

 

 

 

/s/ John A. Goodman 

 

 

Director

 

 

March 30, 2016

John A. Goodman

 

/s/ Joy L. Brawner 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

March 30, 2016

Joy Brawner

 

(Principal financial & accounting officer)

 

 

 

/s/ Larry J. Haynes 

 

 

Director

 

 

March 30, 2016

Larry Haynes

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ J. Samuel Crowley 

 

 

Director

 

 

March 30, 2016

J. Samuel Crowley

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Steven Elfman 

 

 

Director

 

 

March 30, 2016

Steven L. Elfman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

112


 

Supplemental Information to Be Furnished with Reports Filed

Pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act by Non-Reporting Issuers

 

1.

No annual report to security holders covering the Company’s last fiscal year has been sent as of the date of this report.

 

2.

No proxy statement, form of proxy, or other proxy soliciting material relating to the Company’s last fiscal year has been sent to any of the Company’s security holders with respect to any annual or other meeting of security holders.

 

3.

If such report or proxy material is furnished to security holders subsequent to the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company will furnish copies of such material to the Securities and Exchange Commission at the time it is sent to security holders.

 

 

113


 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Form

 

File No.

 

Exhibit No.

 

Filing Date

 

Filed
Herewith

3.1

 

Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Goodman Networks Incorporated, as amended June 23, 2009.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

3.1

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

3.2

 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Goodman Networks Incorporated, effective as of April 11, 2014.

 

S-1

 

333-195212

 

3.2

 

April 11, 2014

 

 

4.1

 

Indenture, dated as of June 23, 2011, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

4.1

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

4.2

 

Form of 12.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2018.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

4.2

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

4.3

 

Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2011, by and among Goodman Networks Incorporated, PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Collateral Trustee.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

4.4

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

4.4

 

Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2011, by and among Goodman Networks Incorporated as Guarantors, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Indenture Trustee, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Collateral Trustee.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

4.5

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

4.5

 

Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2011, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated as Grantor, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Collateral Trustee.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

4.6

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

4.6

 

Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2011, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated, as Grantor, and U.S. Bank National Association as Collateral Trustee.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

4.7

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

4.7

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2013, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

4.8

 

June 11, 2013

 

 

4.8

 

First Amendment to Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2013, by and among Goodman Networks Incorporated, PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, and U.S. Bank, National Association, as Collateral Trustee.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

4.9

 

June 11, 2013

 

 

4.9

 

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 30, 2013, by and among Goodman Networks Incorporated, Minnesota Digital Universe, Inc., Multiband Corporation, Multiband EWM, Inc., Multiband EWS, Inc., Multiband Field Services, Incorporated, Multiband MDU Incorporated, Multiband Special Purpose, LLC, Multiband Subscriber Services, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

 

S-4

 

333-193125

 

4.11

 

December 30, 2013

 

 

10.1†

 

Customer Service Division Subcontract Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2001, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and ALCATEL USA Marketing, Inc.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.8

 

April 26, 2013

 

 

114


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Form

 

File No.

 

Exhibit No.

 

Filing Date

 

Filed
Herewith

10.2†

 

Amendment No. 1 to Customer Service Division Subcontract Agreement, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and ALCATEL USA Marketing, Inc.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.9

 

April 26, 2013

 

 

10.3†

 

Amendment No. 2 to Customer Service Division Subcontract Agreement, dated as of March 8, 2002, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and ALCATEL USA Marketing, Inc.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.10

 

April 26, 2013

 

 

10.4†

 

Amendment No. 3 to Customer Service Division Subcontract Agreement, dated as of June 11, 2002, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and ALCATEL USA Marketing, Inc.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.11

 

April 26, 2013

 

 

10.5

 

Amendment No. 4 to Customer Service Division Subcontract Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2002, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and ALCATEL USA Marketing, Inc.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.12

 

April 26, 2013

 

 

10.6†

 

Amendment No. 5 to Customer Service Division Subcontract Agreement, dated as of August 19, 2002, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and ALCATEL USA Marketing, Inc.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.13

 

April 26, 2013

 

 

10.7†

 

Amendment No. 6 to Customer Service Division Subcontract Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2002, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and ALCATEL USA Marketing, Inc.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.14

 

April 26, 2013

 

 

10.8†

 

Amendment No. 7 to Customer Service Division Subcontract Agreement, dated as of November 26, 2002, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and ALCATEL USA Marketing, Inc.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.15

 

April 26, 2013

 

 

10.9†

 

Amendment No. 8 to Customer Service Division Subcontract Agreement, dated as of April 19, 2004, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and ALCATEL USA Marketing, Inc.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.16

 

April 26, 2013

 

 

10.10†

 

Amendment No. 9 to Customer Service Division Subcontract Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2004, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and ALCATEL USA Marketing, Inc.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.17

 

April 26, 2013

 

 

10.11†

 

Amendment No. 10 to Customer Service Division Subcontract Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2005, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and ALCATEL USA Marketing, Inc.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.18

 

April 26, 2013

 

 

10.12

 

Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2011, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and PNC Bank, National Association, as Lender and Agent.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.19

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.13

 

Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, dated as of June 23, 2011, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and PNC Bank, National Association, as Agent.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.20

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.14

 

Amended and Restated Swing Note, dated as of June 23, 2011, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and Goodman Networks Incorporated and PNC Bank, National Association as Agent.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.21

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

115


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Form

 

File No.

 

Exhibit No.

 

Filing Date

 

Filed
Herewith

10.15

 

Fifth Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2011, by and among Goodman Networks Incorporated and shareholders party thereto from time to time.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.22

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.16

 

First Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2011, by and among Goodman Networks Incorporated and shareholders party thereto from time to time.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.23

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.17+

 

Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2015, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and Jason A. Goodman.

 

10-Q

 

333-186684

 

10.3

 

May 15, 2015

 

 

10.18+

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2013, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and Joseph M. Goodman.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.29

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.19+

 

Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2013, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and Jonathan E. Goodman.

 

10-Q

 

333-186684

 

10.4

 

May 15, 2015

 

 

10.20+

 

Goodman Networks, Incorporated 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, dated as of October 2, 2000.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.36

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.21+

 

First Amendment to the Goodman Networks, Incorporated 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, dated as of June 24, 2009.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.37

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.22+

 

Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Goodman Networks, Incorporated 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, dated as of June 24, 2009, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and John A. Goodman.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.38

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.23+

 

Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Goodman Networks, Incorporated 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, dated as of July 31, 2008, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and Ron B. Hill.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.39

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.24+

 

First Amendment to the Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Goodman Networks, Incorporated 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, dated as of June 24, 2009, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and Ron B. Hill.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.40

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.25+

 

Goodman Networks, Incorporated 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan, dated as of December 29, 2008.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.41

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.26+

 

First Amendment to the Goodman Networks, Incorporated 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan, dated as of June 24, 2009.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.42

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.27+

 

Second Amendment to the Goodman Networks, Incorporated 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan, dated as of March 27, 2012.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.43

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.28+

 

Third Amendment to the Goodman Networks, Incorporated 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan, dated as of February 12, 2013.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.44

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

116


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Form

 

File No.

 

Exhibit No.

 

Filing Date

 

Filed
Herewith

10.29+

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Goodman Networks, Incorporated 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.45

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.30+

 

Employee Stock Award under the Goodman Networks, Incorporated 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan, dated as of December 31, 2012, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and Ron B. Hill.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.46

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.31+

 

Employee Stock Award under the Goodman Networks, Incorporated 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan, dated as of January 7, 2013, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and Ron B. Hill.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.47

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.32+

 

Amended and Restated Goodman Networks Incorporated Executive Management Bonus Plan, dated as of January 1, 2009.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.48

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.33+

 

First Amendment to the Goodman Networks Incorporated Executive Management Bonus Plan, dated as of June 24, 2009.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.49

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.34+

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement executed by Messrs. J. Samuel Crowley, Steven L. Elfman, John A. Goodman, Larry J. Haynes, Ron Hill, [Joy L. Brawner,] [Ernie Carey,] Jason Goodman, Jonathan Goodman, Joseph Goodman.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.50

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.35

 

Voting Agreement and Irrevocable Limited Proxy, dated as of June 24, 2009, by and among Goodman Networks Incorporated, John Goodman and William Darkwah.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.63

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.36

 

Form of Voting Agreement and Irrevocable Proxy by and among Goodman Networks Incorporated, John Goodman, and certain parties thereto.

 

S-4

 

333-193125

 

10.64

 

December 30, 2013

 

 

10.37+

 

Ranch Lease, dated as of May 30, 2012, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and Goodman Brothers, LP.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.65

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.38

 

First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2012, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and PNC Bank, National Association, as Agent.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.66

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.39

 

Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2012, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and PNC Bank, National Association, as Agent.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.67

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.40

 

Second Amendment to the Fifth Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2012, by and among Goodman Networks Incorporated and shareholders party thereto from time to time.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.68

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.41

 

Third Amendment to the Fifth Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of November 12, 2012, by and among Goodman Networks Incorporated and shareholders party thereto from time to time.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.69

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

117


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Form

 

File No.

 

Exhibit No.

 

Filing Date

 

Filed
Herewith

10.42

 

Fourth Amendment to the Fifth Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of December 26, 2012, by and among Goodman Networks Incorporated and shareholders party thereto from time to time.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.70

 

February 14, 2013

 

 

10.43

 

Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2013, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and PNC Bank, National Association, as Agent.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.71

 

April 26, 2013

 

 

10.44

 

Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of September 6, 2013, by and among Goodman Networks Incorporated and PNC Bank, National Association, as Agent.

 

S-4

 

333-186684

 

10.76

 

October 24, 2013

 

 

10.45††

 

2012 Home Service Provider Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2012, by and between DIRECTV, LLC and Multiband Field Services, Inc.

 

10-K

 

333-186684

 

10.64

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

10.46††

 

First Amendment to that 2012 Home Services Provider Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2013, by and between DIRECTV, LLC and Multiband Field Services, Inc.

 

10-K

 

333-186684

 

10.65

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

10.47††

 

Second Amendment to that 2012 Home Services Provider Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2012, by and between DIRECTV, LLC and Multiband Field Services, Inc.

 

10-K

 

333-186684

 

10.66

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

10.48††

 

Third Amendment to that 2012 Home Services Provider Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2013, by and between DIRECTV, LLC and Multiband Field Services, Inc.

 

10-K

 

333-186684

 

10.67

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

10.49††

 

Fourth Amendment to that 2012 Home Services Provider Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2013, by and between DIRECTV, LLC and Multiband Field Services, Inc.

 

10-K

 

333-186684

 

10.68

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

10.50††

 

Fifth Amendment to that 2012 Home Services Provider Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2014, by and between DIRECTV, LLC and Multiband Field Services, Inc.

 

10-K

 

333-186684

 

10.69

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

10.51

 

Sixth Amendment to that to that 2012 Home Services Provider Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2014, by and between DIRECTV, LLC and Multiband Field Services, Inc.

 

10-K

 

333-186684

 

10.70

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

10.52+

 

Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of February 18, 2013 by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and Cari T. Shyiak.

 

10-K

 

333-186684

 

10.71

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

10.53

 

Subcontractor Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2013, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and Genesis Networks Integration Services, LLC.

 

S-1

 

333-195212

 

10.69

 

April 11, 2014

 

 

10.54+

 

Goodman Networks Incorporated 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan, dated April 8, 2014.

 

S-1

 

333-195212

 

10.70

 

April 11, 2014

 

 

10.55+

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Goodman Networks Incorporated 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

S-1

 

333-195212

 

10.71

 

April 11, 2014

 

 

10.56+

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Goodman Networks Incorporated 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

S-1

 

333-195212

 

10.72

 

April 11, 2014

 

 

118


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Form

 

File No.

 

Exhibit No.

 

Filing Date

 

Filed
Herewith

10.57+

 

Second Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated April 11, 2014, by and between John A. Goodman and Goodman Networks Incorporated.

 

S-1

 

333-195212

 

10.73

 

April 11, 2014

 

 

10.58+

 

Second Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated April 11, 2014, by and between Ron B. Hill and Goodman Networks Incorporated.

 

S-1

 

333-195212

 

10.74

 

April 11, 2014

 

 

10.59+

 

Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated April 11, 2014, by and between Joseph M. Goodman and Goodman Networks Incorporated.

 

S-1

 

333-195212

 

10.76

 

April 11, 2014

 

 

10.60+

 

Amendment No. 1 to Executive Employment Agreement, dated April 11, 2014, by and between Cari T. Shyiak and Goodman Networks Incorporated.

 

S-1

 

333-195212

 

10.78

 

April 11, 2014

 

 

10.61

 

Letter Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, entered into on April 11, 2014 but dated effective as of April 9, 2014, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated, as Borrower, and PNC Bank, as Agent.

 

S-1

 

333-195212

 

10.79

 

April 11, 2014

 

 

10.62

 

Fifth Amendment to the Fifth Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2014, by and among Goodman Networks Incorporated and shareholders party thereto from time to time.

 

10-Q

 

333-186684

 

10.14

 

May 15, 2014

 

 

10.63

 

Promissory Note, dated March 28, 2014, made by Multiband Special Purpose, LLC in favor of Commerce Bank.

 

10-Q

 

333-186684

 

10.15

 

May 15, 2014

 

 

10.64

 

Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2014, by and among Goodman Networks Incorporated and PNC Bank, National Association, as Agent.

 

S-4

 

333-193125

 

10.83

 

May 29, 2014

 

 

10.65

 

Supplier Agreement, dated January 14, 2014, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and Citibank, N.A.

 

S-4

 

333-193125

 

10.84

 

May 29, 2014

 

 

10.66

 

Lien Release and Acknowledgement Agreement, dated May 8, 2014, by and among Goodman Networks Incorporated, Citibank, N.A. and PNC Bank, N.A.

 

S-4

 

333-193125

 

10.85

 

May 29, 2014

 

 

10.67

 

Amendment No. 3 to Turf Program Agreement, dated May 27, 2014, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and AT&T Mobility LLC.

 

S-4

 

333-193125

 

10.86

 

June 6, 2014

 

 

10.68†

 

Master Services Agreement, dated July 15, 2014 but effective as of June 30, 2014, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc.

 

10-Q

 

333-186684

 

10.5

 

August 14, 2014

 

 

10.69+

 

Executive Employment Agreement, dated December 2, 2014, by and between Craig E. Holmes and Goodman Networks Incorporated.

 

8-K

 

333-186684

 

10.1

 

December 5, 2014

 

 

10.70+

 

Executive Employment Agreement, dated December 8, 2014, by and between Ernest J. Carey and Goodman Networks Incorporated.

 

8-K

 

333-186684

 

10.1

 

December 10, 2014

 

 

10.71+

 

Separation Agreement and General Release, dated January 15, 2015, by and between Joseph M. Goodman and Goodman Networks Incorporated.

 

8-K

 

333-186684

 

10.1

 

January 22, 2015

 

 

119


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Form

 

File No.

 

Exhibit No.

 

Filing Date

 

Filed
Herewith

10.72†

 

Construction Subordinate Agreement, dated September 1, 2014, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and AT&T Mobility LLC.

 

10-Q/A

 

333-186684

 

10.1

 

February 2, 2015

 

 

10.73†

 

Mobility Network General Agreement, dated January 14, 2014, by and between Goodman Networks Incorporated and AT&T Mobility LLC.

 

10-Q/A

 

333-186684

 

10.2

 

February 2, 2015

 

 

10.74+

 

Separation Agreement and General Release, effective August 1, 2014, by and between Scott E. Pickett and Goodman Networks Incorporated.

 

10-K

 

333-186684

 

10.86

 

March 31, 2015

 

 

10.75+

 

Interim Services Agreement, dated June 21, 2010, by and between Randstad Professionals US, LP d/b/a Tatum (formerly SFN Professional Services LLC d/b/a Tatum) and Goodman Networks Incorporated.

 

10-K

 

333-186684

 

10.87

 

March 31, 2015

 

 

10.76+

 

Schedule to Interim Services Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2014, by and between Randstad Professionals US, LP d/b/a Tatum and Goodman Networks Incorporated.

 

10-K

 

333-186684

 

10.88

 

March 31, 2015

 

 

10.77+

 

Schedule to Interim Services Agreement, dated February 16, 2015, by and between Randstad Professionals US, LP d/b/a Tatum and Goodman Networks Incorporated.

 

10-K

 

333-186684

 

10.89

 

March 31, 2015

 

 

10.78+

 

Separation Agreement, dated March 5, 2015, by and between John A. Goodman and Goodman Networks Incorporated.

 

10-Q

 

333-186684

 

10.1

 

May 15, 2015

 

 

10.79

 

Eighth Amendment to that 2012 Home Services Provider Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2015, by and between DIRECTV, LLC and Multiband Field Services, Inc.

 

10-Q

 

333-186684

 

10.2

 

May 15, 2015

 

 

10.80+

 

Executive Employment Agreement, dated October 8, 2015, by and between Joy L. Brawner and Goodman Networks Incorporated.

 

8-K

 

333-186684

 

10.1

 

October 8, 2015

 

 

10.81

 

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of August 12, 2015, by and among Goodman Networks Incorporated and PNC Bank, National Association, as Agent.

 

10-Q

 

333-186684

 

10.2

 

November 13, 2015

 

 

10.82

 

Separation Agreement and General Release dated November 27, 2015, by and between Cari Shyiak and Goodman Networks Incorporated.

 

10-K

 

333-186684

 

 

 

March 30, 2016

 

X

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Goodman Networks Incorporated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

31.1

 

Certification of the Principal Executive Officer of Goodman Networks Incorporated pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

31.2

 

Certification of the Principal Financial Officer of Goodman Networks Incorporated pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

32.1

 

Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer of Goodman Networks Incorporated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

120


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Form

 

File No.

 

Exhibit No.

 

Filing Date

 

Filed
Herewith

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

Confidential treatment has been granted with respect to certain portions of this Exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

+

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

 

 

 

121